UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Form 10-Q

 

(Mark One)

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2017

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _______ to _______

Commission file number 001-35042

 

Nielsen Holdings plc

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

England and Wales

 

98-1225347

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

85 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

(646) 654-5000

 

A C Nielsen House

London Road

Oxford

Oxfordshire, OX3 9RX

United Kingdom

+1 (646) 654-5000

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) (Registrant’s telephone numbers including area code)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes       No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes       No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

  

Accelerated filer

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

  (Do not check if a small reporting company)

  

Small reporting company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Emerging growth company

 

 

 

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes       No  

There were 356,168,000 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017.

 

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

Contents

 

 

 

 

  

PAGE

 

PART I.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

- 3 -

Item 1.

 

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

- 3 -

Item 2.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

- 32 -

Item 3.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

- 51 -

Item 4.

 

Controls and Procedures

- 52 -

PART II.

 

OTHER INFORMATION

- 53 -

Item 1.

 

Legal Proceedings

- 53 -

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

- 53 -

Item 2.

 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

- 53 -

Item 3.

 

Defaults Upon Senior Securities

- 53 -

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

- 53 -

Item 5.

 

Other Information

- 53 -

Item 6.

 

Exhibits

- 54 -

 

 

Signatures

- 55 -

 

 

 

 

 


 

P ART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Item  1. Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Nielsen Holdings plc

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Nine Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

September 30,

 

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Revenues

 

$

1,641

 

 

$

1,570

 

 

$

4,811

 

 

$

4,653

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and

   amortization shown separately below

 

 

692

 

 

 

642

 

 

 

2,031

 

 

 

1,937

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

 

 

445

 

 

 

452

 

 

 

1,387

 

 

 

1,391

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

160

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

477

 

 

 

450

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

7

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

73

 

Operating income

 

 

337

 

 

 

296

 

 

 

868

 

 

 

802

 

Interest income

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

Interest expense

 

 

(95

)

 

 

(85

)

 

 

(277

)

 

 

(247

)

Foreign currency exchange transaction gains/(losses), net

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(3

)

Other expense, net

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

242

 

 

 

214

 

 

 

582

 

 

555

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(92

)

 

 

(82

)

 

 

(226

)

 

 

(208

)

Net income

 

 

150

 

 

 

132

 

 

 

356

 

 

 

347

 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

4

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

4

 

Net income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

$

146

 

 

$

130

 

 

$

348

 

 

$

343

 

Net income per share of common stock, basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

$

0.41

 

 

$

0.36

 

 

$

0.98

 

 

$

0.95

 

Net income per share of common stock, diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

$

0.41

 

 

$

0.36

 

 

$

0.97

 

 

$

0.94

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic

 

 

356,426,891

 

 

 

357,088,498

 

 

 

356,881,905

 

 

 

359,303,099

 

Dilutive shares of common stock

 

 

1,265,224

 

 

 

3,486,309

 

 

 

1,391,915

 

 

 

3,686,397

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, diluted

 

 

357,692,115

 

 

 

360,574,807

 

 

 

358,273,820

 

 

 

362,989,496

 

Dividends declared per common share

 

$

0.34

 

 

$

0.31

 

 

$

0.99

 

 

$

0.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

- 3 -


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Nine Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

September 30,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Net income

 

$

150

 

 

$

132

 

 

$

356

 

 

$

347

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments (1)

 

 

66

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

224

 

 

 

35

 

Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges (2)

 

 

2

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(6

)

Defined benefit pension plan adjustments (3)

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

7

 

Total other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

72

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

237

 

 

 

36

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

222

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

593

 

 

 

383

 

Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

4

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

2

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

$

218

 

 

$

120

 

 

$

580

 

 

$

381

 

 

(1)

Net of tax of $6 million and $1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and $20 million and $4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively

(2)

Net of tax of $(2) million   for each of the three months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and $(2) million and zero for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively

(3)

Net of tax of $(1) million for each of the three months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and $(3) million and $1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

- 4 -


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

662

 

 

$

754

 

Trade and other receivables, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and sales

   returns of $24 and $25 as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively

 

 

1,282

 

 

 

1,171

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

328

 

 

 

297

 

Total current assets

 

 

2,272

 

 

 

2,222

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

458

 

 

 

471

 

Goodwill

 

 

8,352

 

 

 

7,845

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

 

5,042

 

 

 

4,736

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

131

 

 

 

127

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

330

 

 

 

329

 

Total assets

 

$

16,585

 

 

$

15,730

 

Liabilities and equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

 

$

1,015

 

 

$

1,012

 

Deferred revenues

 

 

328

 

 

 

297

 

Income tax liabilities

 

 

198

 

 

 

97

 

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and short-term borrowings

 

 

67

 

 

 

188

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

1,608

 

 

 

1,594

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

 

8,377

 

 

 

7,738

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

1,219

 

 

 

1,175

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

921

 

 

 

930

 

Total liabilities

 

 

12,125

 

 

 

11,437

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nielsen stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, €0.07 par value, 1,185,800,000 and 1,185,800,000 shares authorized;  356,217,848 and 357,745,953 shares issued and 356,168,000 and 357,465,614  shares outstanding at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively

 

 

32

 

 

 

32

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

4,755

 

 

 

4,825

 

Retained earnings

 

 

451

 

 

 

456

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes

 

 

(979

)

 

 

(1,211

)

Total Nielsen stockholders’ equity

 

 

4,259

 

 

 

4,102

 

Noncontrolling interests

 

 

201

 

 

 

191

 

Total equity

 

 

4,460

 

 

 

4,293

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

16,585

 

 

$

15,730

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

- 5 -


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

356

 

 

$

347

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

35

 

 

 

37

 

Currency exchange rate differences on financial transactions and other (gains)/losses

 

 

(17

)

 

 

4

 

Equity in net income of affiliates, net of dividends received

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

477

 

 

 

450

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of businesses acquired

   and divested:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables, net

 

 

(15

)

 

 

8

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(22

)

Accounts payable and other current liabilities and deferred revenues

 

 

(131

)

 

 

(219

)

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(11

)

Interest payable

 

 

63

 

 

 

56

 

Income taxes

 

 

51

 

 

 

101

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

804

 

 

 

753

 

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

 

 

(595

)

 

 

(263

)

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

 

 

(55

)

 

 

(83

)

Additions to intangible assets

 

 

(264

)

 

 

(241

)

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets

 

 

28

 

 

 

Other investing activities

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(4

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(888

)

 

 

(591

)

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net borrowings under revolving credit facility

 

 

 

 

 

193

 

Proceeds from issuances of debt, net of issuance costs

 

 

2,745

 

 

 

496

 

Repayment of debt

 

 

(2,289

)

 

 

(101

)

Decrease in other short-term borrowings

 

 

(5

)

 

 

Cash dividends paid to stockholders

 

 

(353

)

 

 

(323

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(117

)

 

 

(394

)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

21

 

 

 

72

 

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan

 

 

5

 

 

 

Capital leases

 

 

(42

)

 

 

(26

)

Other financing activities

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(7

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(48

)

 

 

(90

)

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

40

 

 

 

17

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(92

)

 

 

89

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

754

 

 

 

357

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

662

 

 

$

446

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

(175

)

 

$

(107

)

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized

 

$

(214

)

 

$

(191

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 

- 6 -


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1. Background and Basis of Presentation

Background

Nielsen Holdings plc (“Nielsen” or the “Company”), together with its subsidiaries, is a leading global performance management company that provides clients with a comprehensive understanding of consumers and consumer behavior. Nielsen is aligned into two reporting segments: what consumers buy (“Buy”) and what consumers watch and listen to (“Watch”). Nielsen has a presence in more than 100 countries, with its registered office located in Oxford, the United Kingdom and headquarters located in New York, USA.  

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited but, in the opinion of management, contain all the adjustments (consisting of those of a normal recurring nature) considered necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”) applicable to interim periods. For a more complete discussion of significant accounting policies, commitments and contingencies and certain other information, refer to the consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016. All amounts are presented in U.S. Dollars (“$”), except for share data or where expressly stated as being in other currencies, e.g., Euros (“€”). The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Nielsen and all subsidiaries and other controlled entities. The Company has evaluated events occurring subsequent to September 30, 2017 for potential recognition or disclosure in the condensed consolidated financial statements and concluded there were no subsequent events that required recognition or disclosure other than those provided.

Earnings per Share

Basic net income per share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock and dilutive potential shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Dilutive potential shares of common stock consist of employee stock options, restricted stock units and deferred stock units.

The effect of 4,141,427 and 472,433 shares of common stock equivalents under stock compensation plans were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the three months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, as such shares would have been anti-dilutive.

The effect of 4,349,803 and 1,176,950 shares of common stock equivalents under stock compensation plans were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, as such shares would have been anti-dilutive.

Accounts Receivable

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, Nielsen sold $67 million of accounts receivable to a third party and recorded an immaterial loss on the sale to interest expense, net in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. As of September 30, 2017, $56 million remained outstanding. The sale was accounted for as a true sale, without recourse. Nielsen maintains servicing responsibilities of the receivables, for which the related costs are not significant. The proceeds of $67 million from the sale were reported as a component of the changes in trade receivables, net within operating activities in the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows.

 

- 7 -


 

2. Summary of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Intangibles- Goodwill and Other

In January 2017, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”), “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other” to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill. The update requires only a single-step quantitative test to identify and measure impairment based on the excess of a reporting unit's carrying amount over its fair value. A qualitative assessment may still be completed first for an entity to determine if a quantitative impairment test is necessary. The update is effective for fiscal year 2021 and is to be adopted on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. Nielsen elected to early adopt this ASU effective January 1, 2017. There was no impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements .

Other Income—Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets

In February 2017, the FASB issued an ASU, “Other Income—Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets”, which clarifies the scope and application of ASC 610-20 on the sale or transfer of nonfinancial assets and in substance nonfinancial assets to noncustomers, including partial sales. It requires the application of certain recognition and measurement principles in ASC 606 when derecognizing nonfinancial assets and in substance nonfinancial assets, and the counterparty is not a customer. This ASU is effective for fiscal years (and interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this ASU will have on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Retirement Benefits: Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost

In March 2017, the FASB issued an ASU, “Compensation — Retirement Benefits: Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost”, which will change the presentation of net periodic benefit cost related to employer sponsored defined benefit plans and other postretirement benefits. Service cost will be included within the same income statement line item as other compensation costs arising from services rendered during the period, while other components of net periodic benefit pension cost will be presented separately outside of operating income. Additionally, only service costs may be capitalized in assets. This ASU is effective for fiscal years (and interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this ASU will have on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements .

Compensation- Stock Compensation

In May 2017, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”), Compensation- Stock Compensation (Topic 718), “Scope of Modification Accounting”, which amends the scope of modification accounting for share-based payment arrangements. The standard provides guidance on the types of changes to the terms or conditions of share-based payment awards to which an entity would be required to apply modification accounting under ASC 718. Specifically, an entity would not apply modification accounting if the fair value, vesting conditions, and classification of the awards are the same immediately before and after the modification. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted. Nielsen does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Derivatives and Hedging

In August 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) “Derivatives and Hedging-Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities” (“ASU 2017-12”). The amendments expand an entity’s ability to apply hedge accounting for nonfinancial and financial risk components and allow for a simplified approach for fair value hedging of interest rate risk. ASU 2017-12 eliminates the need to separately measure and report hedge ineffectiveness and generally requires the entire change in fair value of a hedging instrument to be presented in the same income statement line as the hedged item. Additionally, the standard simplifies the hedge documentation and effectiveness assessment requirements under the previous guidance. The amendments of this ASU are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. Nielsen elected to early adopt this ASU during the third quarter 2017. See footnote 8 “Fair Value Measurement”, for the additional disclosures related to this ASU. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

- 8 -


 

Revenue Recognition

In May 2014, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”), “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”.  The new revenue recognition standard provides a five step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The new model will require revenue recognition to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration a company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services and shall be applied retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption.  In addition, the new standard requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. This standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017.

In 2014, the Company established a cross-functional implementation team consisting of representatives from across all of its business segments. Management utilized a bottoms-up approach to analyze the impact of the standard on our contract portfolio by reviewing the current accounting policies and practices to identify potential differences that would result from applying the requirements of the new standard to our revenue contracts. In addition, management identified, and are in the process of implementing appropriate changes to our business processes, systems and controls to support the recognition and disclosure under the new standard. Based on management’s preliminary assessment, it believes the most significant impact the adoption of the new standard will have on its condensed consolidated financial statements are the required financial statement disclosures. The Company is continuing to assess the impact this ASU will have on recent acquisitions as well as which transition method it will use to adopt this ASU.

 

 

3. Business Acquisitions

Gracenote

On February 1, 2017, Nielsen completed the acquisition of Gracenote, through the purchase of 100% of Gracenote’s outstanding common stock for a total purchase price of $585 million.  Nielsen acquired the data and technology that underpins the programming guides and personnel user experience for major video, music, audio and sports content. This acquisition expands Nielsen’s footprint with major clients including Gracenote’s global content database which spans across platforms including multichannel video programing distributors (MVPD’s), smart television, streaming music services, connected devices, media players and in-car infotainment systems.

The acquisition of Gracenote was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting which requires, among other things, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. Effective February 1, 2017, the financial results of Gracenote were included within the Watch segment of Nielsen’s condensed consolidated financial statements. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of operations includes $148 million of revenues related to the Gracenote acquisition.

The purchase price was preliminarily allocated based upon the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition using available information and certain assumptions management believed reasonable. The following table summarizes the preliminary purchase price allocation:

 

( IN MILLIONS)

 

 

 

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 

 

 

Cash

$

11

 

Other current assets

 

56

 

Property and equipment

 

12

 

Goodwill

 

314

 

Amortizable intangible assets

 

341

 

Other long-term assets

 

11

 

Deferred revenue

 

(22

)

Other current liabilities

 

(21

)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(110

)

Other long-term liabilities

 

(7

)

Total

$

585

 

 

As of the acquisition date, the fair value of accounts receivable approximated historical cost. The gross contractual receivable was $37 million, of which $1 million was deemed uncollectible.  The estimated fair values assigned to amortizable intangible assets, goodwill and uncertain tax positions are provisional and subject to adjustment primarily based upon additional information the Company is in process of obtaining.

- 9 -


 

The provisional allocation of the purchase price to goodwill and identified intangible assets was $314 million and $341 mill ion, respectively. All of the Gracenote related goodwill and intangible assets are attributable to Nielsen’s Watch segment.  As of September 30, 2017, $23 million of goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

Intangible assets and their estimated useful lives consist of the following:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

 

 

 

  

 

Description

 

Amount

 

 

Useful Life

 

Customer-related intangibles

 

$

109

 

 

 

10 - 15 years

 

Content database

 

 

168

 

 

 

12 - 16 years

 

Trade names and trademarks

 

 

7

 

 

 

5 years

 

Computer software

 

 

57

 

 

 

7-8 years

 

Total

 

$

341

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and represents expected synergies and the going concern nature of Gracenote.

The Company incurred acquisition-related expenses of $6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, which primarily consisted of transaction fees, legal, accounting and other professional services that are included in selling, general and administrative expense in the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

The following unaudited pro forma information presents the consolidated results of operations of the Company and Gracenote for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017, as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2016, with pro forma adjustments to give effect to amortization of intangible assets, an increase in interest expense from acquisition financing, and certain other adjustments:

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Nine months Ended September 30,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

 

2017

 

 

 

2016

 

 

 

2017

 

 

 

2016

 

Revenues

 

$

1,641

 

 

$

1,618

 

 

$

4,829

 

 

$

4,799

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

150

 

 

$

124

 

 

356

 

 

$

327

 

 

The unaudited pro forma results do not reflect any synergies and are not necessarily indicative of the results that the Company would have attained had the acquisition of Gracenote been completed as of the beginning of the reporting period.

Other Acquisitions

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, excluding Gracenote, Nielsen paid cash consideration of $28 million associated with both current period and previously executed acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Had these current period acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2017, the impact on Nielsen’s consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, Nielsen paid cash consideration of $263 million associated with both current period and previously executed acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Had these current period acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2016, the impact on Nielsen’s consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

 

4. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The table below summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Buy

 

 

Watch

 

 

Total

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

 

$

2,696

 

 

$

5,149

 

 

$

7,845

 

Acquisitions, divestitures and other adjustments

 

 

2

 

 

 

326

 

 

 

328

 

Effect of foreign currency translation

 

 

154

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

179

 

Balance, September 30, 2017

 

$

2,852

 

 

$

5,500

 

 

$

8,352

 

 

At September 30, 2017, $64 million of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

 

- 10 -


 

Other Intangible Assets

 

 

 

Gross Amounts

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Indefinite-lived intangibles:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade names and trademarks

 

$

1,921

 

 

$

1,921

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Amortized intangibles:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade names and trademarks

 

 

147

 

 

 

140

 

 

 

(98

)

 

 

(88

)

Customer-related intangibles

 

 

3,161

 

 

 

3,035

 

 

 

(1,427

)

 

 

(1,312

)

Covenants-not-to-compete

 

 

39

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

(37

)

 

 

(36

)

Content databases (1)

 

 

168

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

Computer software

 

 

2,564

 

 

 

2,223

 

 

 

(1,448

)

 

 

(1,258

)

Patents and other

 

 

172

 

 

 

173

 

 

 

(111

)

 

 

(101

)

Total

 

$

6,251

 

 

$

5,610

 

 

$

(3,130

)

 

$

(2,795

)

 

 

(1)

T he content databases were acquired as part of the Gracenote acquisition on February 1, 2017 . These databases represent metadata used in Gracenote’s Video, Music/Auto and Sports product offerings that is not easily replicated due to its quantity and the relationships needed to acquire the data. The estimated remaining useful life of these content databases is 12 to 16 years.

Amortization expense associated with the above intangible assets was $114 million and $107 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These amounts included amortization expense associated with computer software of $64 million and $59 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Amortization expense associated with the above intangible assets was $341 million and $317 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These amounts included amortization expense associated with computer software of $190 million and $172 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

5. Changes in and Reclassification out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss by Component

The table below summarizes the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, by component for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

 

Foreign Currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post Employment

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

Cash Flow Hedges

 

 

Benefits

 

 

Total

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2016

$

(856

)

 

$

(1

)

 

$

(354

)

 

$

(1,211

)

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

 

224

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

225

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

12

 

Net current period other comprehensive income

 

224

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

237

 

Net current period other comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Net current period other comprehensive income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

219

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

232

 

Balance September 30, 2017

$

(637

)

 

$

2

 

 

$

(344

)

 

$

(979

)

- 11 -


 

 

 

Foreign Currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post Employment

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

Cash Flow Hedges

 

 

Benefits

 

 

Total

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2015

$

(767

)

 

$

(3

)

 

$

(289

)

 

$

(1,059

)

Other comprehensive income/(loss) before reclassifications

 

35

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

27

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

9

 

Net current period other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

35

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

7

 

 

 

36

 

Net current period other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

Net current period other comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

37

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

7

 

 

 

38

 

Balance September 30, 2016

$

(730

)

 

$

(9

)

 

$

(282

)

 

$

(1,021

)

 

The table below summarizes the reclassification of accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for the three months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

 

 

Amount Reclassified from

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated Other

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Comprehensive Loss

 

 

 

Details about Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Affected Line Item in the

Other Comprehensive

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Condensed Consolidated

Income components

 

September 30, 2017

 

 

September 30, 2016

 

 

Statement of Operations

Cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

$

2

 

 

$

2

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

Benefit for income taxes

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

1

 

 

Total, net of tax

Amortization of Post-Employment Benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial loss

 

$

4

 

 

$

 

 

(a)

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit for income taxes

 

 

$

3

 

 

$

 

 

Total, net of tax

Total reclassification for the period

 

$

4

 

 

$

1

 

 

Net of tax

 

(a)

This accumulated other comprehensive loss component is included in the computation of net periodic pension cost.

The table below summarizes the reclassification of accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

 

 

Amount Reclassified from

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated Other

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Comprehensive Loss

 

 

 

Details about Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Affected Line Item in the

Other Comprehensive

 

Nine Months Ended

 

 

Nine Months Ended

 

 

Condensed Consolidated

Income components

 

September 30, 2017

 

 

September 30, 2016

 

 

Statement of Operations

Cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

$

4

 

 

$

5

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

Benefit for income taxes

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

3

 

 

Total, net of tax

Amortization of Post-Employment Benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial loss

 

$

13

 

 

$

9

 

 

(a)

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

Benefit for income taxes

 

 

$

10

 

 

$

6

 

 

Total, net of tax

Total reclassification for the period

 

$

12

 

 

$

9

 

 

Net of tax

 

(a)

This accumulated other comprehensive loss component is included in the computation of net periodic pension cost.

- 12 -


 

 

 

6. Restructuring Activities

A summary of the changes in the liabilities for restructuring activities is provided below:

 

 

 

Total

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Initiatives

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

$

73

 

Charges

 

 

48

 

Payments

 

 

(72

)

Effect of foreign currency translation and reclassification adjustments

 

 

3

 

Balance at September 30, 2017

 

$

52

 

 

Nielsen recorded $7 million and $48 million in restructuring charges for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017, respectively, primarily relating to severance costs.

Nielsen recorded $29 million and $73 million in restructuring charges for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, respectively, primarily relating to severance and contract termination costs.

Of the $52 million in remaining liabilities for restructuring actions, $42 million is expected to be paid within one year and is classified as a current liability within the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2017.

 

7. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact, and also considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and risk of non-performance.

There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1:

  

Quoted market prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date.

 

  

 

Level 2:

  

Pricing inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date.

 

  

 

Level 3:

  

Pricing inputs that are generally unobservable and may not be corroborated by market data.

Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities are measured and recorded at fair value, except for equity method investments, cost method investments, and long-term debt. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurements requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of the assets and liabilities being measured and their placement within the fair value hierarchy.

- 13 -


 

The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s material financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2017

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan assets for deferred compensation (1)

 

$

32

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

Investment in mutual funds (2)

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap arrangements (3)

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

Total

 

$

41

 

 

$

34

 

 

$

7

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap arrangements (3)

 

$

3

 

 

 

 

$

3

 

 

Deferred compensation liabilities (4)

 

 

32

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

35

 

 

$

32

 

 

$

3

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan assets for deferred compensation (1)

 

$

32

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

Investment in mutual funds (2)

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap arrangements (3)

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

Total

 

$

37

 

 

$

34

 

 

3

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap arrangements (3)

 

$

5

 

 

 

 

$

5

 

 

Deferred compensation liabilities (4)

 

 

32

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

37

 

 

$

32

 

 

$

5

 

 

   

(1)

Plan assets are comprised of investments in mutual funds, which are intended to fund liabilities arising from deferred compensation plans. These investments are carried at fair value, which is based on quoted market prices at period end in active markets. These investments are classified as trading securities with any gains or losses resulting from changes in fair value recorded in other expense, net.

(2)

Investments in mutual funds are money-market accounts held with the intention of funding certain specific retirement plans.

(3)

Derivative financial instruments include interest rate swap arrangements recorded at fair value based on externally-developed valuation models that use readily observable market parameters and the consideration of counterparty risk.

(4)

The Company offers certain employees the opportunity to participate in a deferred compensation plan. A participant’s deferrals are invested in a variety of participant directed stock and bond mutual funds and are classified as trading securities. Changes in the fair value of these securities are measured using quoted prices in active markets based on the market price per unit multiplied by the number of units held exclusive of any transaction costs. A corresponding adjustment for changes in fair value of the trading securities is also reflected in the changes in fair value of the deferred compensation obligation.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Nielsen primarily uses interest rate swap derivative instruments to manage risk that changes in interest rates will affect the cash flows of its underlying debt obligations.

To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging relationship must meet several conditions with respect to documentation, probability of occurrence, hedge effectiveness and reliability of measurement. Nielsen documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions as well as the hedge effectiveness assessment, both at the hedge inception and on an ongoing basis. Nielsen recognizes all derivatives at fair value either as assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and changes in the fair values of such instruments are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. If specific cash flow hedge accounting criteria are met, Nielsen recognizes the changes in fair value of these instruments in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss).

- 14 -


 

Nielsen manages exposure to possible defaults on derivative financial instruments by monitoring the concentration of risk that Nielsen has with any individual bank and through the use of minimum credit quality standards for all counterparties. Nielsen does not require collateral or other security in relation to derivative financial instruments. A derivative contract entered into between Nielsen or certain of its subsidiaries and a counterparty that was also a lender under Nielsen’s senior secured credit facilities at the time the derivative contract was entered into is guaranteed under the senior secured credit facilities by Nielsen and certain of its subsidiaries (see Note 8 - Long-term Debt and Other F inancing Arrangements for more information). Since it is Nielsen’s policy to only enter into derivative contracts with banks of internationally acknowledged standing, Nielsen considers the counterparty risk to be remote.

It is Nielsen’s policy to have an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) Master Agreement established with every bank with which it has entered into any derivative contract. Under each of these ISDA Master Agreements, Nielsen agrees to settle only the net amount of the combined market values of all derivative contracts outstanding with any one counterparty should that counterparty default. Certain of the ISDA Master Agreements contain cross-default provisions where if the Company either defaults in payment obligations under its credit facility or if such obligations are accelerated by the lenders, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations. At September 30, 2017, Nielsen had no material exposure to potential economic losses due to counterparty credit default risk or cross-default risk on its derivative financial instruments.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, Nielsen recorded a net loss of zero and $3 million, respectively, associated with foreign currency derivative financial instruments within foreign currency exchange transactions gains/(losses), net in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.  As of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 the notional amount of the outstanding foreign currency derivative financial instruments were $79 million and $77 million, respectively.  

Interest Rate Risk

Nielsen is exposed to cash flow interest rate risk on the floating-rate U.S. Dollar and Euro Term Loans, and uses floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps to hedge this exposure. For these derivatives, Nielsen reports the after-tax gain or loss as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) and reclassifies it into earnings in the same period or periods in which the hedged transaction affects earnings, and within the same income statement line item as the impact of the hedged transaction.

In February 2017, the Company entered into $250 million in aggregate notional amount of a three-year forward interest rate swap agreement with a starting date of July 10, 2017. This agreement fixes the LIBOR-related portion of interest rates of a corresponding amount of the Company’s variable-rate debt at an average rate of 1.73%. This derivative has been designated as an interest rate cash flow hedge.

In March 2017, the Company entered into $250 million in aggregate notional amount of a five-year forward interest rate swap agreement with a starting date of July 10, 2017. This agreement fixes the LIBOR-related portion of interest rates of a corresponding amount of the Company’s variable-rate debt at an average rate of 2.00%. This derivative has been designated as an interest rate cash flow hedge.

In April 2017, the Company entered into $250 million in aggregate notional amount of a three-year forward interest rate swap agreement with a starting date of July 10, 2017. This agreement fixes the LIBOR-related portion of interest rates of a corresponding amount of the Company’s variable-rate debt at an average rate of 1.63%. This derivative has been designated as an interest rate cash flow hedge.

In July 2017, the Company entered into $250 million in aggregate notional amount of a three-year forward interest rate swap agreement with a starting date of October 10, 2017. This agreement fixes the LIBOR-related portion of interest rates of a corresponding amount of the Company’s variable-rate debt at an average rate of 1.66%. This derivative has been designated as an interest rate cash flow hedge.

In August 2017, the Company entered into $250 million in aggregate notional amount of a four-year forward interest rate swap agreement with a starting date of October 10, 2017. This agreement fixes the LIBOR-related portion of interest rates of a corresponding amount of the Company’s variable-rate debt at an average rate of 1.60%. This derivative has been designated as an interest rate cash flow hedge.

- 15 -


 

As of September 30, 2017, the Company had the following outstanding interest rate swaps utilized in the management of its interest rate risk:

 

 

Notional Amount

 

 

Maturity Date

 

Currency

Interest rate swaps designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

$

250,000,000

 

 

May 2018

 

US Dollar

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

$

150,000,000

 

 

April 2019

 

US Dollar

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

$

250,000,000

 

 

June 2019

 

US Dollar

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

$

150,000,000

 

 

July 2019

 

US Dollar

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

$

250,000,000

 

 

July 2020

 

US Dollar

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

$

250,000,000

 

 

July 2020

 

US Dollar

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

$

250,000,000

 

 

October 2020

 

US Dollar

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

$

250,000,000

 

 

October 2021

 

US Dollar

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

$

250,000,000

 

 

July 2022

 

US Dollar

 

The effect of cash flow hedge accounting on the condensed consolidated statement of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

Interest Expense

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Nine Months Ended

 

 

September 30,

 

September 30,

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

2017

 

 

2016

Interest expense- (Location in the condensed consolidated statement of operations in which the effects of  cash flow hedges are recorded)

 

$

95

 

 

$

85

 

$

277

 

 

$

247

Amount of loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into income, net of tax

 

$

1

 

 

$

1

 

$

2

 

 

$

3

Amount of loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into income as a result that a forecasted transaction is no longer probable of occurring, net of tax

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

 

Nielsen expects to recognize approximately $3 million of net pre-tax losses from accumulated other comprehensive loss to interest expense in the next 12 months associated with its interest-related derivative financial instruments.

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

The fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 were as follows:  

 

 

 

September 30, 2017

 

December 31, 2016

 

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

 

 

 

 

Accounts Payable

 

 

 

 

Accounts Payable

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 Other Non- Current

 

 

and Other Current

Other Non-Current

 

 

Other Non-Current

 

and Other Current

 

 

 Non-Current

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Assets

 

 

Liabilities

Liabilities

 

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

 

Liabilities

 

Interest rate swaps

 

$

7

 

 

 

$

1

$

2

 

$

3

 

$

1

 

 

$

4

 

 

- 16 -


 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments in cash flow hedging relationships for the three months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of Loss

 

 

 

Amount of Gain

 

 

 

 

Reclassified from AOCI

 

 

 

Recognized in OCI

 

 

Location of Loss

 

into Income

 

 

 

(Effective Portion)

 

 

Reclassified from AOCI

 

(Effective Portion)

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

into Income  (Effective

 

Three Months Ended

 

Hedging Relationships

 

September 30,

 

 

Portion)

 

September 30,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Interest rate swaps

 

$

3

 

 

$

4

 

 

Interest expense

 

$

2

 

 

$

2

 

The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments in cash flow hedging relationships for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of Loss

 

 

 

Amount of (Gain)/Loss

 

 

 

 

Reclassified from AOCI

 

 

 

Recognized in OCI

 

 

Location of Loss

 

into Income

 

 

 

(Effective Portion)

 

 

Reclassified from AOCI

 

(Effective Portion)

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow

 

Nine months Ended

 

 

into Income  (Effective

 

Nine months Ended

 

Hedging Relationships

 

September 30,

 

 

Portion)

 

September 30,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Interest rate swaps

 

$

(2

)

 

$

11

 

 

Interest expense

 

$

4

 

 

$

5

 

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company is required, on a nonrecurring basis, to adjust the carrying value or provide valuation allowances for certain assets using fair value measurements. The Company’s equity method investments, cost method investments, and non-financial assets, such as goodwill, intangible assets, and property, plant and equipment, are measured at fair value when there is an indicator of impairment and recorded at fair value only when an impairment charge is recognized.

The Company did not measure any material non-financial assets or liabilities at fair value during the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

 

- 17 -


 

8. Long-term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements

Unless otherwise stated, interest rates are as of September 30, 2017.

 

 

 

September 30, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Fair

 

 

Interest

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Fair

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Rate

 

 

Amount

 

 

Value

 

 

Rate

 

 

Amount

 

 

Value

 

$2,080 million Senior secured term loan (LIBOR based variable rate of 3.24%) due 2019

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,391

 

 

 

1,398

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,768

 

 

 

1,785

 

$1,900 million Senior secured term loan (LIBOR based variable rate of 3.15%) due 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,892

 

 

 

1,922

 

$2,250 million Senior secured term loan (LIBOR based variable rate of 3.24%) due 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,237

 

 

 

2,247

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

€380 million Senior secured term loan (Euro LIBOR based variable rate of 2.10%) due 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

445

 

 

 

449

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

399

 

 

 

402

 

Total senior secured credit facilities (with weighted-average interest rate)

 

 

3.21

%

 

 

4,073

 

 

 

4,094

 

 

 

2.95

%

 

 

4,059

 

 

 

4,109

 

$800 million 4.50% senior debenture loan due 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

795

 

 

 

809

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

794

 

 

 

813

 

$625 million 5.50% senior debenture loan due 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

619

 

 

 

643

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

618

 

 

 

649

 

$2,300 million 5.00% senior debenture loan due 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,288

 

 

 

2,382

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,285

 

 

 

2,340

 

$500 million 5.00% senior debenture loan due 2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

495

 

 

 

520

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total debenture loans (with weighted-average interest rate)

 

 

5.22

%

 

 

4,197

 

 

 

4,354

 

 

 

5.22

%

 

 

3,697

 

 

 

3,802

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

7

 

Total long-term debt

 

 

4.24

%

 

 

8,271

 

 

 

8,449

 

 

 

4.04

%

 

 

7,763

 

 

 

7,918

 

Capital lease and other financing obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

173

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

158

 

 

 

 

 

Bank overdrafts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

Total debt and other financing arrangements

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,444

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,926

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease and other financing obligations and other short-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

188

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current portion of long-term debt and capital lease and other financing obligations

 

 

 

 

 

$

8,377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt instruments was based on the yield on public debt where available or current borrowing rates available for financings with similar terms and maturities and such fair value measurements are considered Level 1 or Level 2 in nature, respectively.

Annual maturities of Nielsen’s long-term debt are as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

 

 

 

For October 1, 2017 to December 31, 2017

 

$

3

 

2018

 

 

28

 

2019

 

 

1,401

 

2020

 

 

818

 

2021

 

 

1,071

 

2022

 

 

2,325

 

Thereafter

 

 

2,625

 

 

 

$

8,271

 

 

In January 2017, Nielsen issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of 5.00% Senior Notes due 2025 at par, with cash proceeds of approximately $495 million, net of fees and expenses.

In April 2017, Nielsen entered into a third amendment to Nielsen’s Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended prior to April 2017, the “Existing Credit Agreement,” and as amended in April 2017 by the third amendment, the “Amended Credit Agreement”),  providing for a new class of Class B-4 Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $2,250,000,000, the proceeds of which were used to replace or refinance the entire outstanding principal of existing Class B-3 Term Loans and a portion of existing Class A Term Loans.

- 18 -


 

The Class B-4 Term Loans will mature in full on October 4, 2023, and are required to be repaid in equal quarterly installments in an aggregate annual amount equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount of the Class B-4 Term Loans, with the bala nce payable on October 4, 2023. The Class B-4 Term Loans bear interest equal to, at the election of Nielsen (i) a base rate or LIBOR rate, plus (ii) an applicable margin, which is equal to 2.00% (in the case of LIBOR loans) or 1.00% (in the case of base ra te loans).

The Amended Credit Agreement contains the same affirmative and negative covenants as those of the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

9. Stockholders’ Equity

Common stock activity is as follows:

 

 

 

Nine months Ended

 

 

 

September 30, 2017

 

Actual number of shares of common stock outstanding

 

 

 

 

Beginning of period

 

 

357,465,614

 

Shares of common stock issued through compensation plans

 

 

1,222,481

 

Employee benefit trust activity

 

 

230,491

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

 

(2,750,586

)

End of period

 

 

356,168,000

 

 

On January 31, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a cash dividend policy to pay quarterly cash dividends on its outstanding common stock.   The below table summarizes the dividends declared on Nielsen’s common stock during 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

 

Declaration Date

 

Record Date

 

Payment Date

 

Dividend Per Share

 

February 18, 2016

 

March 3, 2016

 

March 17, 2016

 

$

0.28

 

April 19, 2016

 

June 2, 2016

 

June 16, 2016

 

$

0.31

 

July 21, 2016

 

August 25, 2016

 

September 8, 2016

 

$

0.31

 

October 20, 2016

 

November 22, 2016

 

December 6, 2016

 

$

0.31

 

February 16, 2017

 

March 2, 2017

 

March 16, 2017

 

$

0.31

 

April 24, 2017

 

June 2, 2017

 

June 16, 2017

 

$

0.34

 

July 20, 2017

 

August 24, 2017

 

September 7, 2017

 

$

0.34

 

 

On October 19, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.34 per share on our common stock. The dividend is payable on December 5, 2017 to stockholders of record at the close of business on November 21, 2017.

The dividend policy and the payment of future cash dividends are subject to the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors.

Nielsen’s Board approved a share repurchase program, as included in the below table, for up to $2 billion in the aggregate of our outstanding common stock. The primary purposes of the program are to return value to shareholders and to mitigate dilution associated with our equity compensation plans.

 

Board Approval

 

Share

Repurchase

Authorization

($ in millions)

July 25, 2013

 

$

500

October 23, 2014

 

$

1,000

December 11, 2015

  

$

500

Total Share Repurchase Authorization

  

$

2,000

 

Repurchases under these plans will be made in accordance with applicable securities laws from time to time in the open market or otherwise depending on our evaluation of market conditions and other factors. This program has been executed within the limitations of the authority granted by Nielsen’s shareholders.

As of September 30, 2017, there have been 36,588,112 shares of our common stock purchased at an average price of $45.88 per share (total consideration of approximately $1,679 million) under this program.

- 19 -


 

The activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 consisted of open market share repurchases and is summarized in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Purchased as

 

 

Dollar Value of Shares

 

 

 

Total Number

 

 

Average

 

 

Part of Publicly

 

 

that may yet be

 

 

 

of Shares

 

 

Price Paid

 

 

Announced Plans

 

 

Purchased under the

 

Period

 

Purchased

 

 

per Share

 

 

or Programs

 

 

Plans or Programs

 

As of December 31, 2016

 

 

33,837,526

 

 

$

46.16

 

 

 

33,837,526

 

 

$

437,970,016

 

2017 Activity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1- 31

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

437,970,016

 

February 1- 28

 

 

564,623

 

 

$

45.30

 

 

 

564,623

 

 

$

412,392,848

 

March 1- 31

 

 

365,228

 

 

$

45.15

 

 

 

365,228

 

 

$

395,903,537

 

April 1-30

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

395,903,537

 

May 1-31

 

 

1,020,212

 

 

$

40.65

 

 

 

1,020,212

 

 

$

354,426,944

 

June 1-30

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

354,426,944

 

July 1-31

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

354,426,944

 

August 1-31

 

 

698,062

 

 

$

41.77

 

 

 

698,062

 

 

$

325,268,111

 

September 1-30

 

 

102,461

 

 

$

39.25

 

 

 

102,461

 

 

$

321,246,116

 

Total

 

 

36,588,112

 

 

$

45.88

 

 

 

36,588,112

 

 

 

 

 

 

10. Income Taxes

The effective tax rate for each of the three months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 was 38%, respectively. The tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2017 was higher than the statutory rate as a result of the impact of tax rate differences in other jurisdictions where the Company files tax returns, and the effect of global licensing activities and foreign distributions, offset by the favorable impact of certain financing activities. The tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2016 was higher than the statutory rate as a result of the impact of tax rate differences in other jurisdictions where the Company files tax returns, and the effect of global licensing activities and foreign distributions, offset by the favorable impact of certain financing activities.

The effective tax rates for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 were 39% and 37%, respectively. The tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was higher than the statutory rate as a result of the impact of tax rate differences in other jurisdictions where the Company files tax returns, and the effect of global licensing activities and foreign distributions, offset by the favorable impact of certain financing activities and the impact of share-based compensation excess tax benefit. The tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was higher than the statutory rate as a result of the impact of tax rate differences in other jurisdictions where the Company files tax returns, and the effect of global licensing activities and foreign distributions, offset by the favorable impact of certain financing activities, the impact of share-based compensation excess tax benefit, and release of certain tax contingencies.

The estimated liability for unrecognized income tax benefits as of December 31, 2017 is $436 million and was $432 million as of December 31, 2016. If the Company’s tax positions are favorably sustained by the taxing authorities, the reversal of the underlying liabilities would reduce the Company’s effective tax rate in future periods.

The Company files numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the U.S. and in many state and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions the Company is no longer subject to U.S. Federal income tax examination for 2006 and prior periods. In addition, the Company has subsidiaries in various states, provinces and countries that are currently under audit for years ranging from 1998 through 2015.

To date, the Company is not aware of any material adjustments not already accrued related to any of the current Federal, state or foreign audits under examination.

 

- 20 -


 

11. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Proceedings and Contingencies

Nielsen is subject to litigation and other claims in the ordinary course of business, some of which include claims for substantial sums. Accruals have been recorded when the outcome is probable and can be reasonably estimated. While the ultimate results of claims and litigation cannot be determined, the Company does expect that the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on its operations or financial condition. However, depending on the amount and the timing, an unfavorable resolution of some or all of these matters could materially affect the Company’s future results of operations or cash flows in a particular period.

Subsequent Event

Outsourced Services Agreements

In October 2017, Nielsen amended and restated in its entirety, its Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2007 with Tata America International Corporation and Tata Consultancy Services Limited (jointly, “TCS”) (as amended prior to the Second Amendment and Restatement, the “Prior Agreement”) by entering into a Second Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of October 1, 2017 and effective as of January 1, 2017 (the “Effective Date”), with TCS. The term of the Agreement has been extended for an additional five years, so as to expire on December 31, 2025, with three one-year renewal options granted to Nielsen. Nielsen has committed to purchase services from TCS from the Effective Date through the remaining term of the Agreement (the “Minimum Commitment”) in the amount of $2.25 billion, including a commitment to purchase at least $320 million in services per year from 2017 through 2020, $186 million in services per year from 2021 through 2024, and $139.5 million in services in 2025 (in each of the foregoing cases, the “Annual Commitment”). In connection with the entry into the Agreement, the parties have agreed to terminate the separate Global Infrastructure Services Agreement between them as of the Effective Date and include the services provided thereunder in one or more Statements of Work (“SOWs”) arising under the Agreement. TCS’s charges under such SOWs will continue to be credited against the Minimum Commitment and the Annual Commitment. TCS will globally provide Nielsen with professional services relating to information technology (including application development and maintenance), business process outsourcing, client service knowledge process outsourcing, management sciences, analytics, and financial planning. As Nielsen orders specific services under the Agreement, the parties will execute SOWs describing the specific scope of the services to be performed by TCS. The amount of the Minimum Commitment and the Annual Commitment may be reduced on the occurrence of certain events, some of which also provide Nielsen with the right to terminate the Agreement or SOWs, as applicable.

 

12. Segments

The Company aligns its operating segments in order to conform to management’s internal reporting structure, which is reflective of service offerings by industry. Management aggregates such operating segments into two reporting segments: what consumers buy (“Buy”), consisting principally of market research information and analytical services; and what consumers watch (“Watch”), consisting principally of television, radio, online and mobile audience and advertising measurement and corresponding analytics.

Corporate consists principally of unallocated items such as certain facilities and infrastructure costs as well as intersegment eliminations. Certain corporate costs, other than those described above, including those related to selling, finance, legal, human resources, and information technology systems, are considered operating costs and are allocated to the Company’s segments based on either the actual amount of costs incurred or on a basis consistent with the operations of the underlying segment. Information with respect to the operations of each of Nielsen’s business segments is set forth below based on the nature of the services offered and geographic areas of operations.

- 21 -


 

Business Segment Information

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Buy

 

 

Watch

 

 

Corporate

 

 

Total

 

Three Months Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

803

 

 

$

838

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,641

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

53

 

 

$

106

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

160

 

Restructuring charges

 

$

4

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

7

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

$

3

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

3

 

 

$

8

 

Other items (1)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

10

 

 

$

10

 

Operating income/(loss)

 

$

85

 

 

$

280

 

 

$

(28

)

 

$

337

 

Business segment income/(loss) (2)

 

$

145

 

 

$

390

 

 

$

(13

)

 

$

522

 

Total assets as of September 30, 2017

 

$

6,925

 

 

$

9,706

 

 

$

(46

)

 

$

16,585

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

809

 

 

$

761

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,570

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

53

 

 

$

97

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

151

 

Restructuring charges

 

$

15

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

29

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

$

3

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

6

 

 

$

11

 

Other items (1)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

11

 

 

$

11

 

Operating income/(loss)

 

$

79

 

 

$

259

 

 

$

(42

)

 

$

296

 

Business segment income/(loss) (2)

 

$

150

 

 

$

360

 

 

$

(12

)

 

$

498

 

Total assets as of December 31, 2016

 

$

6,697

 

 

$

8,905

 

 

$

128

 

 

$

15,730

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Buy

 

 

Watch

 

 

Corporate

 

 

Total

 

Nine months Ended September 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

2,383

 

 

$

2,428

 

 

$

 

 

$

4,811

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

156

 

 

$

318

 

 

$

3

 

 

$

477

 

Restructuring charges

 

$

31

 

 

$

9

 

 

$

8

 

 

$

48

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

$

10

 

 

$

9

 

 

$

16

 

 

$

35

 

Other items (1)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

28

 

 

$

28

 

Operating income/(loss)

 

$

219

 

 

$

734

 

 

$

(85

)

 

$

868

 

Business segment income/(loss) (2)

 

$

416

 

 

$

1,070

 

 

$

(30

)

 

$

1,456

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine months Ended September 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

2,454

 

 

$

2,199

 

 

$

 

 

$

4,653

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

158

 

 

$

289

 

 

$

3

 

 

$

450

 

Restructuring charges

 

$

42

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

24

 

 

$

73

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

$

12

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

18

 

 

$

37

 

Other items (1)

 

$

2

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

24

 

 

$

28

 

Operating income/(loss)

 

$

216

 

 

$

684

 

 

$

(98

)

 

$

802

 

Business segment income/(loss) (2)

 

$

430

 

 

$

989

 

 

$

(29

)

 

$

1,390

 

 

(1)

Other items primarily consist of transaction related costs and business optimization costs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017. Other items primarily consist of business optimization costs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016.

(2)

The Company’s chief operating decision maker uses business segment income/(loss) to measure performance from period to period both at the consolidated level as well as within its operating segments.

 

 

- 22 -


 

13. Guarantor Financial Information

The following supplemental financial information is being provided for purposes of compliance with reporting covenants contained in certain debt obligations of Nielsen and its subsidiaries. The financial information sets forth for Nielsen, its subsidiaries that have issued certain debt securities (the “Issuers”) and its guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries, the consolidating balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 and consolidating statements of operations and cash flows for the periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016. During the three months ended September 30, 2017, the Company restructured certain legal entities and therefore the Company adjusted prior periods to reflect the current year structure.

The issued debt securities are jointly and severally guaranteed on a full and unconditional basis by Nielsen and subject to certain exceptions, each of the direct and indirect 100% owned subsidiaries of Nielsen, in each case to the extent that such entities provide a guarantee under the senior secured credit facilities. The issuers are also 100% owned indirect subsidiaries of Nielsen: Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. for certain series of debt obligations, and The Nielsen Company (Luxembourg) S.ar.l., for the other series of debt obligations. Each issuer is a guarantor of the debt obligations not issued by it.

Nielsen is a holding company and does not have any material assets or operations other than ownership of the capital stock of its direct and indirect subsidiaries. All of Nielsen’s operations are conducted through its subsidiaries, and, therefore, Nielsen is expected to continue to be dependent upon the cash flows of its subsidiaries to meet its obligations. The senior secured credit facilities contain certain limitations on the ability of Nielsen to receive the cash flows of its subsidiaries.

While all subsidiary guarantees of the issued debt securities are full and unconditional, these guarantees contain customary release provisions including when (i) the subsidiary is sold or sells all of its assets, (ii) the subsidiary is declared “unrestricted” for covenant purposes, (iii) the subsidiary’s guarantee under the senior secured credit facilities is released and (iv) the requirements for discharge of the indenture have been satisfied.

- 23 -


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

For the three months ended September 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Parent

 

 

Issuers

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Elimination

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

899

 

 

$

742

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,641

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

356

 

 

 

336

 

 

 

 

 

 

692

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

197

 

 

 

247

 

 

 

 

 

 

445

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

126

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

Operating (loss)/income

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

217

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

 

 

 

337

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

238

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

(247

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

(90

)

 

 

(241

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

247

 

 

 

(95

)

 

 

 

Other income/(expense), net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90

 

 

 

(91

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of subsidiaries

 

 

(1

)

 

 

148

 

 

 

76

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

242

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

(52

)

 

 

(37

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(92

)

 

 

 

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

 

 

147

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

 

 

 

(316

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

146

 

 

 

157

 

 

 

147

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

(316

)

 

 

150

 

 

 

 

Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to controlling interest

 

 

146

 

 

 

157

 

 

 

147

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

(316

)

 

 

146

 

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

72

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

72

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

(135

)

 

 

72

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

218

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

219

 

 

 

85

 

 

 

(451

)

 

 

222

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to controlling interest

 

$

218

 

 

$

151

 

 

$

219

 

 

$

81

 

 

$

(451

)

 

$

218

 

 

 

 

 

- 24 -


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

For the three months ended September 30, 2016

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

Parent

 

 

Issuers

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Non-
Guarantor

 

 

Elimination

 

 

Consolidated

 

Revenues

  

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

884

 

 

$

686

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,570

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation
and amortization shown separately
below

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

322

 

 

 

320

 

 

 

 

 

 

642

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

  

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

228

 

 

 

223

 

 

 

 

 

 

452

 

Depreciation and amortization

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

151

 

Restructuring charges

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

Operating (loss)/income

  

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

189

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

 

 

 

296

 

Interest income

  

 

 

 

 

221

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(232

)

 

 

1

 

Interest expense

  

 

(1

)

 

 

(79

)

 

 

(227

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

232

 

 

 

(85

)

Foreign currency exchange transaction gains, net

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Other income/(expense), net

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

(73

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of subsidiaries

  

 

(2

)

 

 

142

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

 

214

 

Provision for income taxes

  

 

 

 

 

(50

)

 

 

(19

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

(82

)

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

  

 

132

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

 

 

 

(306

)

 

 

 

Net income

  

 

130

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

132

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

(306

)

 

 

132

 

Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Net income attributable to controlling interest

 

 

130

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

132

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

(306

)

 

 

130

 

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income

  

 

(10

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

13

 

 

 

(11

)

Total other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to controlling interests

 

 

(10

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

13

 

 

 

(10

)

Total comprehensive income

  

 

120

 

 

 

162

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

(293

)

 

 

121

 

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to controlling interest

  

$

120

 

 

$

162

 

 

$

122

 

 

$

9

 

 

$

(293

)

 

$

120

 

 

- 25 -


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Parent

 

 

Issuers

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Elimination

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,658

 

 

$

2,153

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

4,811

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,052

 

 

 

979

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,031

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

686

 

 

 

698

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,387

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

384

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

477

 

 

 

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

 

Operating (loss)/income

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

515

 

 

 

356

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

868

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

1

 

 

 

682

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(710

)

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

(263

)

 

 

(694

)

 

 

(30

)

 

 

710

 

 

 

 

 

(277

)

 

 

 

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

Other (expense)/income, net

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

68

 

 

 

(69

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income/(loss) of subsidiaries and affiliates

 

 

(2

)

 

 

417

 

 

 

(87

)

 

 

254

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

582

 

 

 

 

(Provision)/benefit for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

(146

)

 

 

20

 

 

 

(100

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(226

)

 

 

 

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

 

 

350

 

 

 

149

 

 

 

418

 

 

 

 

 

 

(917

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in net (loss)/income of affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

348

 

 

 

420

 

 

 

350

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

(917

)

 

 

 

 

356

 

 

 

 

Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to controlling interest

 

 

348

 

 

 

420

 

 

 

350

 

 

 

147

 

 

 

(917

)

 

 

 

 

348

 

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

232

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

232

 

 

 

245

 

 

 

(448

)

 

 

 

 

237

 

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to controlling interests

 

 

232

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

232

 

 

 

240

 

 

 

(448

)

 

 

 

 

232

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

580

 

 

 

396

 

 

 

582

 

 

 

400

 

 

 

(1,365

)

 

 

 

 

593

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to controlling interest

 

$

580

 

 

$

396

 

 

$

582

 

 

$

387

 

 

$

(1,365

)

 

 

 

$

580

 

 

 

 

 

- 26 -


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

Parent

 

 

Issuer

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Non-
Guarantor

 

 

Elimination

 

 

Consolidated

 

Revenues

  

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,668

 

 

$

1,985

 

 

$

 

 

$

4,653

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

985

 

 

 

952

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,937

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown
separately below

  

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

735

 

 

 

653

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,391

 

Depreciation and amortization

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

364

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

 

450

 

Restructuring charges

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

73

 

Operating (loss)/income

  

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

544

 

 

 

261

 

 

 

 

 

 

802

 

Interest income

  

 

 

 

 

653

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(683

)

 

 

3

 

Interest expense

  

 

(3

)

 

 

(230

)

 

 

(668

)

 

 

(29

)

 

 

683

 

 

 

(247

)

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

Other (expense)/income, net

  

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

95

 

 

 

(94

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income/(loss) of subsidiaries and affiliates

  

 

(6

)

 

 

422

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

140

 

 

 

 

 

 

555

 

(Provision)/benefit for income taxes

  

 

 

 

 

(148

)

 

 

7

 

 

 

(67

)

 

 

 

 

 

(208

)

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

  

 

349

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

344

 

 

 

 

 

 

(843

)

 

 

 

Equity in net (loss)/income of affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

  

 

343

 

 

 

424

 

 

 

349

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

(843

)

 

 

347

 

Less net income attributable to noncontrolling
interests

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Net income attributable to controlling interest

  

 

343

 

 

 

424

 

 

 

349

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

(843

)

 

 

343

 

Total other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

38

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

38

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

(65

)

 

 

36

 

Total other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

Total other comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to controlling interests

 

 

38

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

38

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

(65

)

 

 

38

 

Total comprehensive income

  

 

381

 

 

 

412

 

 

 

387

 

 

 

111

 

 

 

(908

)

 

 

383

 

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to controlling interests

  

$

381

 

 

$

412

 

 

$

387

 

 

$

109

 

 

$

(908

)

 

$

381

 

 

- 27 -


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet (Unaudited)

September 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Parent

 

 

Issuers

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Elimination

 

 

Consolidated

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1

 

 

$

19

 

 

$

73

 

 

$

569

 

 

$

 

 

$

662

 

Trade and other receivables, net

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

516

 

 

 

765

 

 

$

 

 

 

1,282

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

193

 

 

 

135

 

 

$

 

 

 

328

 

Intercompany receivables

 

 

2

 

 

 

1,146

 

 

 

322

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

(1,593

)

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

4

 

 

 

1,165

 

 

 

1,104

 

 

 

1,592

 

 

 

(1,593

)

 

 

2,272

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

296

 

 

 

162

 

 

 

 

 

 

458

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,022

 

 

 

2,330

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,352

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,513

 

 

 

529

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,042

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

2

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

 

 

 

131

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

241

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

 

 

 

330

 

Equity investment in subsidiaries

 

 

4,230

 

 

 

1,222

 

 

 

4,190

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,642

)

 

 

 

Intercompany loans

 

 

25

 

 

 

8,608

 

 

 

1,829

 

 

 

140

 

 

 

(10,602

)

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

4,261

 

 

$

11,022

 

 

$

18,195

 

 

$

4,944

 

 

$

(21,837

)

 

$

16,585

 

Liabilities and equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

 

$

 

 

$

101

 

 

$

422

 

 

$

492

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,015

 

Deferred revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

204

 

 

 

124

 

 

$

 

 

 

328

 

Income tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

149

 

 

$

 

 

 

198

 

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and short-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

5

 

 

$

 

 

 

67

 

Intercompany payables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,300

 

 

 

293

 

 

 

(1,593

)

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

2,013

 

 

 

1,063

 

 

 

(1,593

)

 

 

1,608

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

 

 

 

 

8,247

 

 

 

113

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,377

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

1,063

 

 

 

85

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,219

 

Intercompany loans

 

 

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

10,173

 

 

 

367

 

 

 

(10,602

)

 

 

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

603

 

 

 

314

 

 

 

 

 

 

921

 

Total liabilities

 

 

2

 

 

 

8,507

 

 

 

13,965

 

 

 

1,846

 

 

 

(12,195

)

 

 

12,125

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

4,259

 

 

 

2,515

 

 

 

4,230

 

 

 

2,897

 

 

 

(9,642

)

 

 

4,259

 

Noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

201

 

 

 

 

 

 

201

 

Total equity

 

 

4,259

 

 

 

2,515

 

 

 

4,230

 

 

 

3,098

 

 

 

(9,642

)

 

 

4,460

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

4,261

 

 

$

11,022

 

 

$

18,195

 

 

$

4,944

 

 

$

(21,837

)

 

$

16,585

 

 

- 28 -


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Parent

 

 

Issuers

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Elimination

 

 

Consolidated

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

5

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

219

 

 

$

529

 

 

$

 

 

$

754

Trade and other receivables, net

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

478

 

 

 

691

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,171

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

185

 

 

 

112

 

 

 

 

 

 

297

Intercompany receivables

 

 

 

 

 

862

 

 

 

312

 

 

 

167

 

 

 

(1,341

)

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

7

 

 

 

863

 

 

 

1,194

 

 

 

1,499

 

 

 

(1,341

)

 

 

2,222

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

307

 

 

 

164

 

 

 

 

 

 

471

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,728

 

 

 

2,117

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,845

Other intangible assets, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,248

 

 

 

488

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,736

Deferred tax assets

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

126

 

 

 

 

 

 

127

Other non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

245

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

 

 

 

329

Equity investment in subsidiaries

 

 

4,117

 

 

 

1,079

 

 

 

4,222

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,418

)

 

 

Intercompany loans

 

 

25

 

 

 

11,533

 

 

 

3,332

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

(15,040

)

 

 

Total assets

 

$

4,151

 

 

$

13,478

 

 

$

19,275

 

 

$

4,625

 

 

$

(25,799

)

 

$

15,730

Liabilities and equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

 

$

 

 

$

52

 

 

$

479

 

 

$

481

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,012

Deferred revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

172

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

 

 

 

297

Income tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

 

 

 

97

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and short-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

188

Intercompany payables

 

 

47

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

988

 

 

 

304

 

 

 

(1,341

)

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

47

 

 

 

201

 

 

 

1,710

 

 

 

977

 

 

 

(1,341

)

 

 

1,594

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

 

 

 

 

7,611

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,738

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

1,027

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,175

Intercompany loans

 

 

 

 

 

2,985

 

 

 

11,708

 

 

 

347

 

 

 

(15,040

)

 

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

2

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

609

 

 

 

315

 

 

 

 

 

 

930

Total liabilities

 

 

49

 

 

 

10,872

 

 

 

15,160

 

 

 

1,737

 

 

 

(16,381

)

 

 

11,437

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

4,102

 

 

 

2,606

 

 

 

4,117

 

 

 

2,695

 

 

 

(9,418

)

 

 

4,102

Noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

193

 

 

 

 

 

 

191

Total equity

 

 

4,102

 

 

 

2,606

 

 

 

4,115

 

 

 

2,888

 

 

 

(9,418

)

 

 

4,293

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

4,151

 

 

$

13,478

 

 

$

19,275

 

 

$

4,625

 

 

$

(25,799

)

 

$

15,730

 

- 29 -


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Parent

 

 

Issuers

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Consolidated

 

Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities

 

$

(48

)

 

$

193

 

 

$

424

 

 

$

235

 

 

$

804

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash
acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(573

)

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(595

)

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(29

)

 

 

(26

)

 

 

(55

)

Additions to intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(218

)

 

 

(46

)

 

 

(264

)

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

Other investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(2

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(793

)

 

 

(95

)

 

 

(888

)

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayments of debt

 

 

 

 

 

(2,288

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(2,289

)

Proceeds from the issuance of debt, net of issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

2,745

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,745

 

Decrease in other short-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(5

)

Cash dividends paid to stockholders

 

 

(353

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(353

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(117

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(117

)

Activity under stock plans

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Capital leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(40

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(42

)

Settlement of intercompany and other financing activities

 

 

481

 

 

 

(632

)

 

 

273

 

 

 

(135

)

 

 

(13

)

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

 

 

44

 

 

 

(175

)

 

 

226

 

 

 

(143

)

 

 

(48

)

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash
equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

43

 

 

 

40

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(4

)

 

 

18

 

 

 

(146

)

 

 

40

 

 

 

(92

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

5

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

219

 

 

 

529

 

 

 

754

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

1

 

 

$

19

 

 

$

73

 

 

$

569

 

 

$

662

 

 

- 30 -


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Parent

 

 

Issuers

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Non-
Guarantor

 

 

Consolidated

 

Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities

 

$

(4

)

 

$

170

 

 

$

412

 

 

$

175

 

 

$

753

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates,
net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(239

)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(263

)

Additions to property, plant and equipment and
other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

(42

)

 

 

(83

)

Additions to intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(205

)

 

 

(36

)

 

 

(241

)

Other investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(4

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(486

)

 

 

(105

)

 

 

(591

)

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net borrowings under revolving credit
facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

193

 

 

 

 

 

 

193

 

Repayments of debt

 

 

 

 

 

(101

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(101

)

Proceeds from the issuance of debt, net of issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

496

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

496

 

Cash dividends paid to stockholders

 

 

(323

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(323

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(394

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(394

)

Activity under stock plans

 

 

91

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

 

 

 

72

 

Settlement of intercompany and other financing activities

 

 

622

 

 

 

(547

)

 

 

(82

)

 

 

(26

)

 

 

(33

)

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(152

)

 

 

92

 

 

 

(26

)

 

 

(90

)

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash
and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

17

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(8

)

 

 

18

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

89

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

349

 

 

 

357

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of
period

 

$

(7

)

 

$

18

 

 

$

27

 

 

$

408

 

 

$

446

 

 

 

 

 

 

- 31 -


 

I tem 2.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Introduction

The following discussion and analysis supplements management’s discussion and analysis of Nielsen Holdings plc (“the Company” or “Nielsen”) for the year ended December 31, 2016 as contained in the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 17, 2017, and presumes that readers have read or have access to such discussion and analysis. The following discussion and analysis should also be read together with the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes thereto. Further, this report may contain material that includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that reflect, when made, Nielsen’s current views with respect to current events and financial performance. Statements, other than those based on historical facts, which address activities, events or developments that we expect or anticipate may occur in the future are forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are subject to many risks, uncertainties and factors relating to Nielsen’s operations and business environment that may cause actual results to be materially different from any future results, express or implied, by such forward-looking statements, including but not limited to, those set forth in this Item 2 and Part II, Item 1A, if any, and those noted in our 2016 Annual Report on Form 10-K under “Risk Factors.” Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report or as of the date they were made. We disclaim any intention to update the current expectations or forward-looking statements contained in this report, except as required by law. Unless required or indicated by context or otherwise stated, references to “we”, “us”, and “our” refer to Nielsen and each of its consolidated subsidiaries.

From time to time, Nielsen may use its website and social media outlets as channels of distribution of material company information. Financial and other material information regarding the company is routinely posted and accessible on our website at http://www.nielsen.com/investors and our Twitter account at http://twitter.com/nielsen.

Background and Executive Summary

We are a leading global performance management company. The company provides to clients a comprehensive understanding of what consumers buy and what they watch and how those choices intersect.  We deliver critical media and marketing information, analytics and manufacturer and retailer expertise about what and where consumers buy (referred to herein as “Buy”) and what consumers read, watch and listen to (consumer interaction across the television, radio, online and mobile viewing and listening platforms referred to herein as “Watch”) on a local and global basis. Our information, insights and solutions help our clients maintain and strengthen their market positions and identify opportunities for profitable growth. We have a presence in more than 100 countries, including many emerging markets, and hold leading market positions in many of our services and geographies.

We believe that important measures of our results of operations include revenue, operating income and Adjusted EBITDA (defined below). Our long-term financial objectives include consistent revenue growth and expanding operating margins. Accordingly, we are focused on geographic market and service offering expansion to drive revenue growth, and improving operating efficiencies including effective resource utilization, information technology leverage and overhead cost management.

Our business strategy is built upon a model that has traditionally yielded consistent revenue performance. Typically, before the start of each year, approximately 70% of our annual revenue has been committed under contracts in our combined Buy and Watch segments, which provides us with a high degree of stability to our revenue and allows us to effectively manage our profitability and cash flows. We continue to look for growth opportunities through global expansion, specifically within emerging markets, as well as through the expansion of our measurement and analytics services.

Our restructuring and other productivity initiatives have been focused on a combination of improving operating leverage through targeted cost-reduction programs, business process improvements and portfolio restructuring actions, while at the same time investing in key programs to enhance future growth opportunities.

Achieving our business objectives requires us to manage a number of key risk areas. Our growth objective of geographic market and service expansion requires us to maintain the consistency and integrity of our information and underlying processes on a global scale, and to invest effectively our capital in technology and infrastructure to keep pace with our clients’ demands and our competitors. Our operating footprint across approximately 100 countries requires disciplined global and local resource management of internal and third party providers to ensure success. In addition, our high level of indebtedness requires active management of our debt profile, with a focus on underlying maturities, interest rate risk, liquidity and operating cash flows.

- 32 -


 

Business Segment Overview

We align our business into two reporting segments, Buy (consumer purchasing measurement and analytics) and Watch (media audience measurement and analytics). Our Buy and Watch segments are built on an extensive foundation of proprietary data assets designed to yield essential insights for our clients to successfully measure, analyze and grow their businesses and manage their performance. The information from our Buy and Watch segments, when brought together, can deliver powerful insights into the effectiveness of branding, advertising and consumer choice by linking media consumption trends with consumer purchasing data to better understand behavior and better manage supply and demand as well as media spend, supply chain issues, and much more. We believe these integrated insights better enable our clients to enhance the return on both long-term and short-term investments.

Our Buy segment provides measurement services, which include our core tracking and scan data (primarily transactional measurement data and consumer behavior information), and analytical services to businesses in the consumer packaged goods industry. Our services also enable our clients to better manage their brands, uncover new sources of demand, launch and grow new products, analyze their sales, improve their marketing mix and establish more effective consumer relationships. Our data is used by our clients to measure their market share, tracking billions of sales transactions per month in retail outlets around the world. Our extensive database of retail and consumer information, combined with our advanced analytical capabilities, helps generate strategic insights that influence our clients’ key business decisions. Within our Buy segment, we have two primary geographic groups, developed and emerging markets. Developed markets primarily include the United States, Canada, Western Europe, Japan, Australia and South Korea while emerging markets include Africa, Latin America, Eastern Europe, Russia, China, India and Southeast Asia.

Our Watch segment provides viewership and listening data and analytics primarily to the media and advertising industries across the television, radio, online and mobile viewing and listening platforms. Our Watch data is used by our media clients to understand their audiences, establish the value of their advertising inventory and maximize the value of their content, and by our advertising clients to plan and optimize their spending.

Certain corporate costs, including those related to selling, finance, legal, human resources, and information technology systems, are considered operating costs and are allocated to our segments based on either the actual amount of costs incurred or on a basis consistent with the operations of the underlying segment.

Factors Affecting Our Financial Results

Acquisitions and Investments in Affiliates

On February 1, 2017, we completed the acquisition of Gracenote, through the purchase of 100% of Gracenote’s outstanding common stock for a total purchase price of $585 million.  We acquired the data and technology that underpins the programming guides and personnel user experience for major video, music, audio and sports content. This acquisition expands our footprint with major clients including Gracenote’s global content database which spans across platforms including multichannel video programing distributors (MVPD’s), smart television, streaming music services, connected devices, media players and in-car infotainment systems.  

The acquisition of Gracenote was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting which requires, among other things, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. Effective February 1, 2017, the financial results of Gracenote were included within the Watch segment of our condensed consolidated financial statements. For the nine months ended September, 30, 2017, our condensed consolidated statement of operations includes $148 million of revenues related to the Gracenote acquisition.

- 33 -


 

The purchase price was preliminarily allocated based upon the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition using available information and certain assumptions management believed reasonable. The following table summarizes the preliminary purchase price allocation:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

 

 

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 

 

 

Cash

$

11

 

Other current assets

 

56

 

Property and equipment

 

12

 

Goodwill

 

314

 

Amortizable intangible assets

 

341

 

Other long-term assets

 

11

 

Deferred revenue

 

(22

)

Other current liabilities

 

(21

)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(110

)

Other long-term liabilities

 

(7

)

Total

$

585

 

 

As of the acquisition date, the fair value of accounts receivable approximated historical cost. The gross contractual receivable was $37 million, of which $1 million was deemed uncollectible.  The estimated fair values assigned to amortizable intangible assets, goodwill and uncertain tax positions are provisional and subject to adjustment primarily based upon additional information we are in the process of obtaining.

 

The provisional allocation of the purchase price to goodwill and identified intangible assets was $314 million and $341 million, respectively. All of the Gracenote related goodwill and intangible assets are attributable to our Watch segment. As of September 30, 2017, $23 million of goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

 

Intangible assets and their estimated useful lives consist of the following:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

 

 

 

  

 

Description

 

Amount

 

 

Useful Life

 

Customer-related intangibles

 

$

109

 

 

 

10 - 15 years

 

Content database

 

 

168

 

 

 

12 - 16 years

 

Trade names and trademarks

 

 

7

 

 

 

5 years

 

Computer software

 

 

57

 

 

 

7-8 years

 

Total

 

$

341

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and represents expected synergies and the going concern nature of Gracenote.

 

We incurred acquisition-related expenses of $6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, which primarily consisted of transaction fees, legal, accounting and other professional services that are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

 

The following unaudited pro forma information presents the consolidated results of operations of us and Gracenote for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017, as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2016, with pro forma adjustments to give effect to amortization of intangible assets, an increase in interest expense from acquisition financing, and certain other adjustments:

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

Nine months Ended September 30,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

 

2017

 

 

 

2016

 

 

 

2017

 

 

 

2016

 

Revenues

 

$

1,641

 

 

$

1,618

 

 

$

4,829

 

 

$

4,799

 

Income from continuing operations

 

$

150

 

 

$

124

 

 

356

 

 

$

327

 

 

The unaudited pro forma results do not reflect any synergies and are not necessarily indicative of the results that we would have attained had the acquisition of Gracenote been completed as of the beginning of the reporting period.

- 34 -


 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, excluding Gracenote, we paid cash consideration of $28 million associated with both current period and previ ously executed acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Had these current period acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2017, the impact on our consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, we paid cash consideration of $252 million associated with both current period and previously executed acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Had these current period acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2016, the impact on our consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

Foreign Currency

Our financial results are reported in U.S. dollars and are therefore subject to the impact of movements in exchange rates on the translation of the financial information of individual businesses whose functional currencies are other than U.S. dollars. Our principal foreign exchange revenue exposure is spread across several currencies, primarily the Euro. The table below sets forth the profile of our revenue by principal currency.

 

 

Nine months Ended
September 30,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

U.S. Dollar

 

59

%

 

 

60

Euro

 

10

%

 

 

10

Other Currencies

 

31

%

 

 

30

Total

 

100

%

 

 

100

As a result, fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar impact our operating results. Impacts associated with fluctuations in foreign currency are discussed in more detail under “Item 3.—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.” In countries with currencies other than the U.S. dollar, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using end-of-period exchange rates; revenues, expenses and cash flows are translated using average rates of exchange. The average U.S. dollar to Euro exchange rate was $1.11 to €1.00 and $1.12 to €1.00 for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Constant currency growth rates used in the following discussion of results of operations eliminate the impact of year-over-year foreign currency fluctuations.

We evaluate our results of operations on both an as reported and a constant currency basis. The constant currency presentation is a non-GAAP financial measure, which excludes the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. We believe providing constant currency information provides valuable supplemental information regarding our results of operations, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of our business performance and is consistent with how we evaluate our performance. We calculate constant currency percentages by converting our prior-period local currency financial results using the current period foreign currency exchange rates and comparing these adjusted amounts to our current period reported results. This calculation may differ from similarly-titled measures used by others.  In addition, the constant currency presentation is not meant to be a substitution for recorded amounts presented in conformity with GAAP nor should such amounts be considered in isolation.

Accounts Receivable

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we sold $67 million of accounts receivable to a third party and recorded an immaterial loss on the sale to interest expense, net in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. As of September 30, 2017, $56 million remained outstanding. The sale was accounted for as a true sale, without recourse. We maintain servicing responsibilities of the receivables, for which the related costs are not significant. The proceeds of $67 million from the sale were reported as a component of the changes in trade receivables, net within operating activities in the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows.

- 35 -


 

Results of Operations – Three Months Ended September 30, 2017 Compared to the Three Months Ended September 30, 2016

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the amounts included in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations:

 

 

  

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

2017

 

 

2016

 

Revenues

  

$

1,641

 

 

$

1,570

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

  

 

692

 

 

 

642

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

  

 

445

 

 

 

452

 

Depreciation and amortization

  

 

160

 

 

 

151

 

Restructuring charges

  

 

7

 

 

 

29

 

Operating income

  

 

337

 

 

 

296

 

Interest income

  

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Interest expense

  

 

(95

)

 

 

(85

)

Foreign currency exchange transaction gains, net

  

 

 

 

 

2

 

Other expense, net

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  

 

242

 

 

 

214

 

Provision for income taxes

  

 

(92

)

 

 

(82

)

Net income

  

 

150

 

 

 

132

 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

4

 

 

 

2

 

Net income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

$

146

 

 

$

130

 

Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income or loss from our consolidated statements of operations before interest income and expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, restructuring charges, stock-based compensation expense and other non-operating items from our consolidated statements of operations as well as certain other items considered outside the ordinary course of our continuing operations specifically described below.

Restructuring charges : We exclude restructuring expenses, which primarily include employee severance, office consolidation and contract termination charges, from our Adjusted EBITDA to allow more accurate comparisons of the financial results to historical operations and forward-looking guidance. By excluding these expenses from our non-GAAP measures, we are better able to evaluate our ability to utilize our existing assets and estimate the long-term value these assets will generate for us. Furthermore, we believe that the adjustments of these items more closely correlate with the sustainability of our operating performance.

Stock-based compensation expense : We exclude the impact of costs relating to stock-based compensation. Due to the subjective assumptions and a variety of award types, we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation expense, which is typically non-cash, allows for more meaningful comparisons of our operating results to peer companies. Stock-based compensation expense can vary significantly based on the timing, size and nature of awards granted.

Other non-operating income/(expense), net : We exclude foreign currency exchange transaction gains and losses primarily related to intercompany financing arrangements as well as other non-operating income and expense items, such as gains and losses recorded on business combinations or dispositions, sales of investments, net income attributable to noncontrolling interests and early redemption payments made in connection with debt refinancing. We believe that the adjustments of these items more closely correlate with the sustainability of our operating performance.

Other items : To measure operating performance we exclude certain expenses and gains that arise outside the ordinary course of our continuing operations. Such costs primarily include legal settlements, acquisition-related expenses, business optimization costs and other transactional costs. We believe the exclusion of such amounts allows management and the users of the financial statements to better understand our financial results.

Adjusted EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP, and our use of the term Adjusted EBITDA may vary from the use of similarly-titled measures by others in our industry due to the potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation and differences due to items subject to interpretation.

- 36 -


 

We use Adjusted EBITDA to measure our performance from period to period both at the consolidated level as well as within our operating segments, to evaluate and fund incenti ve compensation programs and to compare our results to those of our competitors. In addition to Adjusted EBITDA being a significant measure of performance for management purposes, we also believe that this presentation provides useful information to invest ors regarding financial and business trends related to our results of operations and that when non-GAAP financial information is viewed with GAAP financial information, investors are provided with a more meaningful understanding of our ongoing operating pe rformance.

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income or loss, operating income, cash flows from operating activities or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP as measures of operating performance or cash flows as measures of liquidity. Adjusted EBITDA has important limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. In addition, our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies and may, therefore, have limitations as a comparative analytical tool.

The below table presents a reconciliation from net income to Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Net income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

$

146

 

 

$

130

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

94

 

 

 

84

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

92

 

 

 

82

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

160

 

 

 

151

 

EBITDA

 

 

492

 

 

 

447

 

Other non-operating expense, net

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

7

 

 

 

29

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

8

 

 

 

11

 

Other items (a)

 

 

10

 

 

 

11

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

522

 

 

$

498

 

 

(a)

Other items primarily consist of transaction related costs and business optimization costs for the three months ended September 30, 2017. Other items primarily consist of business optimization costs for the three months ended September 30, 2016.

Consolidated Results for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2017 Compared to the Three Months Ended September 30, 2016

Revenues

Revenues increased 4.5% to $1,641 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 from $1,570 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016, or an increase of 3.6% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 0.9% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Excluding the Gracenote acquisition, revenues increased 0.8% or a decrease of 0.1% on a constant currency basis. Revenues within our Buy segment decreased 0.7% (2.1% on a constant currency basis). Revenues within our Watch segment increased 10.1% (9.7% on a constant currency basis). Revenues within our Watch segment excluding the Gracenote acquisition increased 2.4% (2.0% on a constant currency basis).  Refer to the “Business Segment Results for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2017 Compared to the Three Months Ended September 30, 2016” section for further discussion of our revenue performance.

Cost of Revenues, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of revenues increased 7.8% to $692 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 from $642 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016, or an increase of 6.8% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 1.0% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Costs within our Buy segment increased 3.0%, or 1.6% on a constant currency basis.  Excluding a 1.4% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, the increase in cost of revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2016 was due to continued global investments in our services partially offset by the sale of the Claritas business in December 2016.

- 37 -


 

Costs within our Watch segment increased 14.7% on a reported and constant currenc y basis.  Cost of revenues increased primarily due to the impact of the Gracenote acquisition and higher spending on product portfolio management initiatives, including our digital and Marketing Effectiveness product offerings.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 1.5% to $445 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 from $452 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016, or a decrease of 2.4% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 0.9% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Costs within our Buy segment decreased 4.3%, or 5.3% on a constant currency basis.  Excluding a 1.0% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased due to dispositions as we continue to execute our portfolio pruning initiatives.

Costs within our Watch segment increased 5.3%, or 4.5% on a constant currency basis. Excluding a 0.8% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, selling, general and administrative expenses increased primarily due to the impact of the Gracenote acquisition.  

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense was $160 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $151 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016. This increase was primarily due to higher depreciation and amortization expense associated with tangible and intangible assets acquired as part of the Gracenote acquisition on February 1, 2017.

Depreciation and amortization expense associated with tangible and intangible assets acquired in business combinations increased to $54 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 from $53 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016.

Restructuring Charges

We recorded $7 million and $29 million in restructuring charges relating to employee severance costs associated with productivity initiatives for the three months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Operating Income

Operating income for the three months ended September 30, 2017 was $337 million as compared to $296 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016. Operating income within our Buy segment was $85 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $79 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016. Operating income within our Watch segment was $280 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $259 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016. Corporate operating expenses were $28 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $42 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $95 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $85 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016. This increase is primarily due to higher average debt balances including the incurrence of an additional $500 million 5.00% Senior Notes in January 2017 and higher USD LIBOR senior secured term loan interest rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Transaction Losses, Net

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net, primarily represent the net gain or loss on revaluation of external debt, intercompany loans and other receivables and payables denominated in currencies other than the respective entity’s functional currency. Fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar have a significant effect on our operating results, primarily the Euro. The average U.S. Dollar to Euro exchange rate was $1.18 to €1.00 for the three months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $1.12 to €1.00 for the three months ended September 30, 2016.

We realized net foreign currency exchange transaction gains of $2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016, resulting primarily from the fluctuations in certain foreign currencies associated with intercompany transactions and a gain of $2 million from the revaluation of our U.S. denominated debt held in EURO functional currency entities, partially offset by a loss of $4 million associated with foreign currency derivative financial instruments.

- 38 -


 

Income Taxes

The effective tax rate for each of the three months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 was 38%, respectively. The tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2017 was higher than the statutory rate as a result of the impact of tax rate differences in other jurisdictions where the Company files tax returns, and the effect of global licensing activities and foreign distributions, offset by the favorable impact of certain financing activities. The tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2016 was higher than the statutory rate as a result of the impact of tax rate differences in other jurisdictions where the Company files tax returns, and the effect of global licensing activities and foreign distributions, offset by the favorable impact of certain financing activities.

The estimated liability for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2017 is $436 million and was $432 million as of December 31, 2016. If our tax positions are favorably sustained by the taxing authorities, the reversal of the underlying liabilities would reduce our effective tax rate in future periods.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA increased 4.8% to $522 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 from $498 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016, or 4.0% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 0.8% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. See “Results of Operations – Three Months Ended September 30, 2017 Compared to the Three Months Ended September 30, 2016” for the reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA.

Business Segment Results for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2017 Compared to the Three Months Ended September 30, 2016

Revenues

The table below sets forth our segment revenue performance data for the three months ended September 30, 2017 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2016, both on an as-reported and constant currency basis.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,
2017

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,
2016

 

 

% Variance
2017 vs. 2016
Reported

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,
2016
Constant
Currency

 

 

% Variance
2017 vs. 2016
Constant 

Currency

 

Emerging Markets

 

$

297

 

 

$

267

 

 

 

11.2

%

 

$

268

 

 

 

10.8

%

Developed Markets

 

 

491

 

 

 

509

 

 

 

(3.5

)%

 

 

519

 

 

 

(5.4

)%

Core Buy

 

 

788

 

 

 

776

 

 

 

1.5

%

 

 

787

 

 

 

0.1

%

Corporate

 

 

15

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

(54.5

)%

 

 

33

 

 

 

(54.5

)%

Buy Segment

 

$

803

 

 

$

809

 

 

 

(0.7

)%

 

$

820

 

 

 

(2.1

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marketing Effectiveness

 

$

89

 

 

$

75

 

 

 

18.7

%

 

$

77

 

 

 

15.6

%

Audio

 

 

127

 

 

 

137

 

 

 

(7.3

)%

 

 

137

 

 

 

(7.3

)%

Audience Measurement (Video and Text)

 

 

580

 

 

 

496

 

 

 

16.9

%

 

 

498

 

 

 

16.5

%

Core Watch

 

 

796

 

 

 

708

 

 

 

12.4

%

 

 

712

 

 

 

11.8

%

Corporate/Other Watch

 

 

42

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

(20.8

)%

 

 

52

 

 

 

(19.2

)%

Watch Segment

 

$

838

 

 

$

761

 

 

 

10.1

%

 

$

764

 

 

 

9.7

%

Total Core (Buy/Watch)

 

 

1,584

 

 

 

1,484

 

 

 

6.7

%

 

 

1,499

 

 

 

5.7

%

Total

 

$

1,641

 

 

$

1,570

 

 

 

4.5

%

 

$

1,584

 

 

 

3.6

%

 

Buy Segment Revenues

Revenues decreased 0.7% to $803 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 from $809 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016, or 2.1% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 1.4% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Revenues from emerging markets increased 11.2% to $297 million, or 10.8% on a constant currency basis. Excluding a 0.4% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, revenue growth was driven by our global footprint, coverage expansion and broad product offerings which continue to position us well with both local and multinational clients.   For the three months ended September 30, 2017, these investments drove double-digit growth in India and Eastern Europe along with high single-digit growth in South East Asia and China.

- 39 -


 

Revenues from developed markets decreased 3.5% to $491 million, or 5.4% on a constant currency basis. Excluding a 1.9% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, revenues decreased as a result of softness in the U.S. market.

Revenues from Corporate Buy decreased 54.5% to $15 million on a reported and constant currency basis due to the sale of the Claritas business in December 2016. Corporate includes slow growth and non-core services that are part of portfolio pruning initiatives.  

Watch Segment Revenues  

Revenues increased 10.1% to $838 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 from $761 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016, or 9.7% on a constant currency basis. Excluding the Gracenote acquisition, revenues increased 2.4% (2.0% on a constant currency basis). Excluding a 0.4% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, revenue growth was primarily driven by growth in Audience Measurement of Video and Text, which increased 16.9% (16.5% on a constant currency basis). Excluding the Gracenote acquisition, Audience Measurement of Video and Text revenues increased 5.0% (4.6% on a constant currency basis) due to our ongoing investments and continued client adoption of our Total Audience Measurement initiative. Audio revenues decreased 7.3% on a reported and constant currency basis for the quarter primarily due to timing of deliverables. Our Marketing Effectiveness revenue grew 18.7% (15.6% on a constant currency basis), due to the continued strength in audience-based solutions that help advertisers and publishers measure the return on investment in media spend and investments in our product portfolio. Corporate/Other Watch revenues decreased by 20.8% (19.2% on a constant currency basis) due to our continued exit of non-core media analytics products. Our Core Watch revenue grew 12.4%, or 11.8% on a constant currency basis. Excluding the Gracenote acquisition, our Core Watch revenue grew 4.1% (3.5% on a constant currency basis).

Business Segment Profitability

We do not allocate items below operating income/(loss) to our business segments and therefore the tables below set forth a reconciliation of operating income/(loss) at the business segment level for the three months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, adjusting for certain items affecting operating income/(loss), such as restructuring charges, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense and certain other items described below resulting in a presentation of our non-GAAP business segment profitability. Non-GAAP business segment profitability provides useful supplemental information to management and investors regarding financial and business trends related to our results of operations. When this non-GAAP financial information is viewed with our GAAP financial information, investors are provided with a meaningful understanding of our ongoing operating performance. It is important to note that the non-GAAP business segment profitability corresponds in total to our consolidated Adjusted EBITDA described within our consolidated results of operations above, which our chief operating decision making group and other members of management use to measure our performance from period to period both at the consolidated level as well as within our operating segments, to evaluate and fund incentive compensation programs and to compare our results to those of our competitors. These non-GAAP measures should not be considered as an alternative to net income/(loss), operating income/(loss), cash flows from operating activities or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP as measures of operating performance or cash flows as measures of liquidity. These non-GAAP measures have important limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.

 

THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
2017 (IN MILLIONS)

  

Operating
Income/(Loss)

 

 

Restructuring
Charges

 

  

Depreciation and
Amortization

 

  

Stock-Based
Compensation
Expense

 

  

Other Items   (1)

 

  

Non-GAAP
Business Segment
Income/(Loss)

 

Buy

  

$

85

 

 

$

4

 

  

$

53

 

  

$

3

 

  

$

 

  

$

145

 

Watch

  

 

280

 

 

 

2

 

  

 

106

 

  

 

2

 

  

 

 

  

 

390

 

Corporate and Eliminations

  

 

(28

)

 

 

1

 

  

 

1

 

  

 

3

 

  

 

10

 

  

 

(13

)

Total Nielsen

  

$

337

 

 

$

7

 

  

$

160

 

  

$

8

 

  

$

10

 

  

$

522

 

 

THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
2016 (IN MILLIONS)

  

Operating
Income/(Loss)

 

 

Restructuring
Charges

 

  

Depreciation and
Amortization

 

  

Stock-Based
Compensation
Expense

 

  

Other Items  (1)

 

  

Non-GAAP
Business Segment
Income/(Loss)

 

Buy

  

$

79

 

 

$

15

 

  

$

53

 

  

$

3

 

  

$

 

  

$

150

 

Watch

  

 

259

 

 

 

2

 

  

 

97

 

  

 

2

 

  

 

 

  

 

360

 

Corporate and Eliminations

  

 

(42

)

 

 

12

 

  

 

1

 

  

 

6

 

  

 

11

 

  

 

(12

)

Total Nielsen

  

$

296

 

 

$

29

 

  

$

151

 

  

$

11

 

  

$

11

 

  

$

498

 

 

(1)

For the three months ended September 30, 2017, other items primarily consist of transaction related costs and business optimization costs. For the three months ended September 30, 2016, other items primarily consist of business optimization costs

- 40 -


 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

Three 
Months Ended
September 30,
2017
Reported

 

 

Three 
Months Ended
September 30,
2016
Reported

 

 

% Variance
2017 vs. 2016
Reported

 

 

Three 
Months Ended
September 30, 2016
Constant Currency

 

 

% Variance
2017 vs. 2016
Constant Currency

 

Non-GAAP Business Segment Income/(Loss)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buy

  

$

145

  

 

$

150

  

 

 

(3.3

)% 

 

$

153

  

 

 

(5.2

)% 

Watch

  

 

390

  

 

 

360

  

 

 

8.3

 

 

362

  

 

 

7.7

Corporate and Eliminations

  

 

(13

 

 

(12

 

 

NM

  

 

 

(13

 

 

NM

  

Total Nielsen

  

$

522

  

 

$

498

  

 

 

4.8

 

$

502

  

 

 

4.0

Buy Segment Profitability

Operating income was $85 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $79 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016. The increase was driven primarily by a decrease in restructuring charges for the three months ended September 30, 2017 partially offset by the revenue performance discussed above. Non-GAAP business segment income decreased 5.2% on a constant currency basis.

Watch Segment Profitability  

Operating income was $280 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $259 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016. The increase was driven primarily by the revenue performance discussed above partially offset by an increase in depreciation and amortization expense for the three months ended September 30, 2017. Non-GAAP business segment income increased 7.7% on a constant currency basis.

 

Corporate Expenses and Eliminations

Operating expenses were $28 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $42 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016, due primarily to lower restructuring charges and stock-based compensation expense for the three months ended September 30, 2017.

Results of Operations – Nine months Ended September 30, 2017 Compared to the Nine months Ended September 30, 2016

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the amounts included in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations:

 

 

  

Nine months Ended
September 30,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

2017

 

 

2016

 

Revenues

  

$

4,811

 

 

$

4,653

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

  

 

2,031

 

 

 

1,937

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

  

 

1,387

 

 

 

1,391

 

Depreciation and amortization

  

 

477

 

 

 

450

 

Restructuring charges

  

 

48

 

 

 

73

 

Operating income

  

 

868

 

 

 

802

 

Interest income

  

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

Interest expense

  

 

(277

)

 

 

(247

)

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net

  

 

(9

)

 

 

(3

)

Other expense, net

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  

 

582

 

 

 

555

 

Provision for income taxes

  

 

(226

)

 

 

(208

)

Net income

  

 

356

 

 

 

347

 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

8

 

 

 

4

 

Net income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

$

348

 

 

$

343

 

- 41 -


 

Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation

The below table presents a reconciliation from net income to Adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

Nine months Ended
September 30,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Net income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

$

348

 

 

$

343

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

274

 

 

 

244

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

226

 

 

 

208

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

477

 

 

 

450

 

EBITDA

 

 

1,325

 

 

 

1,245

 

Other non-operating expense, net

 

 

20

 

 

 

7

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

48

 

 

 

73

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

35

 

 

 

37

 

Other items (a)

 

 

28

 

 

 

28

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

1,456

 

 

$

1,390

 

 

(a)

Other items primarily consist of transaction related costs and business optimization costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. Other items primarily consist of business optimization costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.  

Consolidated Results for the Nine months Ended September 30, 2017 Compared to the Nine months Ended September 30, 2016

Revenues

Revenues increased 3.4% to $4,811 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 from $4,653 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, or an increase of 3.6% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 0.2% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Excluding the Gracenote acquisition, revenues increased 0.2% (0.5% on a constant currency basis). Revenues within our Buy segment decreased 2.9% (2.6% on a constant currency basis). Revenues within our Watch segment increased 10.4% (10.6% on a constant currency basis). Revenues within our Watch segment excluding the Gracenote acquisition increased 3.7% (3.8% on a constant currency basis). Refer to the “Business Segment Results for the Nine months Ended September 30, 2017 Compared to the Nine months Ended September 30, 2016” section for further discussion of our revenue performance.

Cost of Revenues, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of revenues increased 4.9% to $2,031 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 from $1,937 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, or an increase of 5.2% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 0.3% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Costs within our Buy segment decreased 0.5%, or 0.2% on a constant currency basis.  Excluding a 0.3% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, cost of revenues decreased primarily due to the sale of the Claritas business in December 2016 partially offset by the continued global investment in our services.

Costs within our Watch segment increased 10.5%, or 10.8% on a constant currency basis. Excluding a 0.3% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, cost of revenues increased primarily due to the impact of the Gracenote acquisition and higher spending on product portfolio management initiatives, including our digital and Marketing Effectiveness product offerings.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 0.3% to $1,387 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 from $1,391 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, or an increase of 0.3% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 0.6% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Costs within our Buy segment decreased 5.9%, or 5.2% on a constant currency basis. Excluding a 0.7% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased due to productivity initiatives and dispositions as we continue to execute our portfolio pruning initiatives.

- 42 -


 

Costs within our Watch segment increased 15.2%, or 15.5% on a constant currency basis. Excluding a 0.3% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, selling, general and administrative expenses increased primarily due to the impact of the Gracenote acquisition and investments in product development initiatives.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense was $477 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $450 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. This increase was primarily due to higher depreciation and amortization expense associated with tangible and intangible assets acquired as part of the Gracenote acquisition on February 1, 2017.  

Depreciation and amortization expense associated with tangible and intangible assets acquired in business combinations increased to $164 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 from $158 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

Restructuring Charges

We recorded $48 million in restructuring charges relating to employee severance associated with productivity initiatives for the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

We recorded $73 million in restructuring charges relating to employee severance associated with productivity initiatives and contract termination costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

Operating Income

Operating income for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was $868 million as compared to $802 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Operating income within our Buy segment was $219 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $216 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Operating income within our Watch segment was $734 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $684 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Corporate operating expenses were $85 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $98 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $277 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $247 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. This increase is primarily due to higher average debt balances including the incurrence of an additional $500 million 5.00% Senior Notes in January 2017 and higher USD LIBOR senior secured term loan interest rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Transaction Losses, Net

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net, primarily represent the net gain or loss on revaluation of external debt, intercompany loans and other receivables and payables denominated in currencies other than the respective entity’s functional currency. Fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar have a significant effect on our operating results, primarily the Euro. The average U.S. Dollar to Euro exchange rate was $1.11 to €1.00 for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $1.12 to €1.00 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

We realized net foreign currency transaction losses of $9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, resulting primarily from the fluctuations in certain foreign currencies associated with intercompany transactions.

We realized net foreign currency transaction losses of $3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, resulting primarily from the loss of $3 million associated with foreign currency derivative financial instruments.

Income Taxes

The effective tax rates for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 were 39% and 37%, respectively. The tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was higher than the statutory rate as a result of the impact of tax rate differences in other jurisdictions where the Company files tax returns, and the effect of global licensing activities and foreign distributions, offset by the favorable impact of certain financing activities and the impact of share-based compensation excess tax benefit. The tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was higher than the statutory rate as a result of the impact of tax rate differences in other jurisdictions where the Company files tax returns, and the effect of global licensing activities and foreign distributions, offset by the favorable impact of certain financing activities, the impact of share-based compensation excess tax benefit, and release of certain tax contingencies.

- 43 -


 

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA increased 4.7% to $1,456 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 from $1,390 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, or 4.5% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 0.2% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. See “Results of Operations – Nine months Ended September 30, 2017 Compared to the Nine months Ended September 30, 2016” for the reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA.

Business Segment Results for the Nine months Ended September 30, 2017 Compared to the Nine months Ended September 30, 2016

Revenues

The table below sets forth our segment revenue performance data for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016, both on an as-reported and constant currency basis.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Nine months Ended
September 30,
2017

 

 

Nine months Ended
September 30,
2016

 

 

% Variance
2017 vs. 2016
Reported

 

 

Nine months Ended
September 30,
2016
Constant
Currency

 

 

% Variance
2017 vs. 2016
Constant 

Currency

 

Emerging Markets

 

$

860

 

 

$

780

 

 

 

10.3

%

 

$

780

 

 

 

10.3

%

Developed Markets

 

 

1,472

 

 

 

1,551

 

 

 

(5.1

)%

 

 

1,543

 

 

 

(4.6

)%

Core Buy

 

 

2,332

 

 

 

2,331

 

 

 

(0.0

)%

 

 

2,323

 

 

 

0.4

%

Corporate

 

 

51

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

(58.5

)%

 

 

123

 

 

 

(58.5

)%

Buy Segment

 

$

2,383

 

 

$

2,454

 

 

 

(2.9

)%

 

$

2,446

 

 

 

(2.6

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marketing Effectiveness

 

$

237

 

 

$

204

 

 

 

16.2

%

 

$

204

 

 

 

16.2

%

Audio

 

 

370

 

 

 

380

 

 

 

(2.6

)%

 

 

380

 

 

 

(2.6

)%

Audience Measurement (Video and Text)

 

 

1,682

 

 

 

1,459

 

 

 

15.3

%

 

 

1,459

 

 

 

15.3

%

Core Watch

 

 

2,289

 

 

 

2,043

 

 

 

12.0

%

 

 

2,043

 

 

 

12.0

%

Corporate/Other Watch

 

 

139

 

 

 

156

 

 

 

(10.9

)%

 

 

153

 

 

 

(9.2

)%

Watch Segment

 

$

2,428

 

 

$

2,199

 

 

 

10.4

%

 

$

2,196

 

 

 

10.6

%

Total Core (Buy/Watch)

 

 

4,621

 

 

 

4,374

 

 

 

5.6

%

 

 

4,366

 

 

 

5.8

%

Total

 

$

4,811

 

 

$

4,653

 

 

 

3.4

%

 

$

4,642

 

 

 

3.6

%

 

Buy Segment Revenues

Revenues decreased 2.9% to $2,383 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 from $2,454 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, or 2.6% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 0.3% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Revenues from emerging markets increased 10.3% to $860 million on a reported and constant currency basis. Revenue growth was driven by our global footprint, coverage expansion and broad product offerings which continue to position us well with both local and multinational clients.   For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, these investments drove double-digit growth in South East Asia, Latin America, India and Eastern Europe along with high single-digit growth in China.

Revenues from developed markets decreased 5.1% to $1,472 million, or 4.6% on a constant currency basis. Excluding a 0.5% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, revenues decreased as a result of softness in the U.S. partially offset by growth in our European developed markets.  

Revenues from Corporate Buy decreased 58.5% to $51 million on a reported and constant currency basis primarily due to the sale of the Claritas business in December 2016. Corporate includes slow growth and non-core services that are part of portfolio pruning initiatives.  

- 44 -


 

Watch Segment Revenues  

Revenues increased 10.4% to $2,428 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 from $2,199 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 or an increase of 10.6% on a constant currency basis. Excluding the Gracenote acquisition, revenues increased 3.7% (3.8% on a constant currency basis).  Excluding a 0.1% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, revenue growth was primarily driven by growth in Audience Measurement of Video and Text, which increased 15.3% on a reported and constant currency basis. Excluding the Gracenote acquisition, Audience Measurement of Video and Text revenues increased 5.1% on a reported and constant currency basis due to our ongoing investments and continued client adoption of our Total Audience Measurement initiative. Audio revenues were decreased 2.6% on a reported and constant currency basis for the period primarily due to timing of deliverables. Our Marketing Effectiveness revenue grew 16.2% on a reported and constant currency basis, due to the continued strength in audience-based solutions that help advertisers and publishers measure the return on investment in media spend and investments in our product portfolio. Corporate/Other Watch revenues decreased by 10.9% (9.2% on a constant currency basis) due to our continued exit of non-core media analytics products. Our Core Watch revenue grew 12.0% on a reported and constant currency basis. Excluding the Gracenote acquisition, our Core Watch revenue grew 4.8% on a reported and constant currency basis.

 

Business Segment Profitability

 

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
2017 (IN MILLIONS)

  

Operating
Income/(Loss)

 

 

Restructuring
Charges

 

  

Depreciation and
Amortization

 

  

Stock-Based
Compensation
Expense

 

  

Other  Items (1)

 

  

Non-GAAP
Business Segment
Income/(Loss)

 

Buy

  

$

219

 

 

$

31

 

  

$

156

 

  

$

10

 

  

$

 

  

$

416

 

Watch

  

 

734

 

 

 

9

 

  

 

318

 

  

 

9

 

  

 

 

  

 

1,070

 

Corporate and Eliminations

  

 

(85

)

 

 

8

 

  

 

3

 

  

 

16

 

  

 

28

 

  

 

(30

)

Total Nielsen

  

$

868

 

 

$

48

 

  

$

477

 

  

$

35

 

  

$

28

 

  

$

1,456

 

 

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
2016 (IN MILLIONS)

  

Operating
Income/(Loss)

 

 

Restructuring
Charges

 

  

Depreciation and
Amortization

 

  

Stock-Based
Compensation
Expense

 

  

Other Items (1)

 

  

Non-GAAP
Business Segment
Income/(Loss)

 

Buy

  

$

216

 

 

$

42

 

  

$

158

 

  

$

12

 

  

$

2

 

  

$

430

 

Watch

  

 

684

 

 

 

7

 

  

 

289

 

  

 

7

 

  

 

2

 

  

 

989

 

Corporate and Eliminations

  

 

(98

)

 

 

24

 

  

 

3

 

  

 

18

 

  

 

24

 

  

 

(29

)

Total Nielsen

  

$

802

 

 

$

73

 

  

$

450

 

  

$

37

 

  

$

28

 

  

$

1,390

 

 

(1)

Other items primarily consist of transaction related costs and business optimization costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. Other items primarily consist of business optimization costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

Nine 
Months Ended
September 30,
2017
Reported

 

 

Nine 
Months Ended
September 30,
2016
Reported

 

 

% Variance
2017 vs. 2016
Reported

 

 

Nine
Months Ended
September 30, 2016
Constant Currency

 

 

% Variance
2017 vs. 2016
Constant Currency

 

Non-GAAP Business Segment Income/(Loss)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buy

  

$

416

  

 

$

430

  

 

 

(3.3

)% 

 

$

434

  

 

 

(4.1

)% 

Watch

  

 

1,070

  

 

 

989

  

 

 

8.2

 

 

989

  

 

 

8.2

Corporate and Eliminations

  

 

(30

 

 

(29

 

 

NM

  

 

 

(30

 

 

NM

  

Total Nielsen

  

$

1,456

  

 

$

1,390

  

 

 

4.7

 

$

1,393

  

 

 

4.5

Buy Segment Profitability

Operating income was $219 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $216 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 primarily due to lower restructuring charges, depreciation and amortization expense, stock-based compensation expense, transaction related costs and business optimization costs partially offset by the revenue performance mentioned above. Non-GAAP business segment income decreased 4.1% on a constant currency basis.

- 45 -


 

Wa tch Segment Profitability

Operating income was $734 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $684 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The increase was driven primarily by the revenue performance discussed above, partially offset by higher depreciation and amortization expense. Non-GAAP business segment income increased 8.2% on a constant currency basis.

Corporate Expenses and Eliminations

Operating expenses were $85 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $98 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 primarily due to lower restructuring charges for the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Cash flows from operations provided a source of funds of $804 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $753 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, an increase of $51 million. This increase was primarily due to the timing of vendor and client payments, partially offset by higher tax and interest payments. We provide for additional liquidity through several sources including maintaining an adequate cash balance, access to global funding sources and a committed revolving credit facility. The following table provides a summary of the major sources of liquidity as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Nine 
Months Ended
September 30,
2017

 

 

Nine 
Months Ended
September 30,
2016

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

$

804

 

 

$

753

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

662

 

 

$

446

 

Availability under revolving credit facility

 

$

564

 

 

$

212

 

Of the $662 million in cash and cash equivalents, approximately $550 million was held in jurisdictions outside the U.S. and as a result there may be tax consequences if such amounts were moved out of these jurisdictions or repatriated to the U.S. We regularly review the amount of cash and cash equivalents held outside of the U.S. to determine the amounts necessary to fund the current operations of our foreign operations and their growth initiatives and amounts needed to service our U.S. indebtedness and related obligations.

The below table illustrates our weighted average interest rate and cash paid for interest over the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

 

 

Nine 
Months Ended
September 30,
2017

 

 

Nine
Months Ended
September 30,
2016

 

Weighted average interest rate

 

 

4.24

%

 

 

4.02

%

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized (in millions)

 

$

214

 

 

$

191

 

In January 2017, we issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of 5.0% Senior Notes due 2025 at par, with cash proceeds of approximately $495 million, net of fees and expenses.

In April 2017, we entered into a third amendment to our Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended prior to April 2017, the “Existing Credit Agreement,” and as amended in April 2017 by the third amendment, the “Amended Credit Agreement”), providing for a new class of Class B-4 Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $2,250,000,000, the proceeds of which were used to replace or refinance the entire outstanding principal of existing Class B-3 Term Loans and a portion of existing Class A Term Loans.

The Class B-4 Term Loans will mature in full on October 4, 2023, and are required to be repaid in equal quarterly installments in an aggregate annual amount equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount of the Class B-4 Term Loans, with the balance payable on October 4, 2023. The Class B-4 Term Loans bear interest equal to, at the election of us (i) a base rate or LIBOR rate, plus (ii) an applicable margin, which is equal to 2.00% (in the case of LIBOR loans) or 1(ii).00% (in the case of base rate loans).

- 46 -


 

The Amended Credit Agreement contains the same affirmative and negative covenants as those of the Existing Credit Agreement.

Our contractual obligations, commitments and debt service requirements over the next several years are significant. We believe we will have available resources to meet both our short-term and long-term liquidity requirements, including our senior secured debt service. We expect the cash flow from our operations, combined with existing cash and amounts available under the revolving credit facility, will provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, projected working capital requirements, restructuring obligations, dividend payments and capital spending over the next year. In addition, we may, from time to time, purchase, repay, redeem or retire any of our outstanding debt securities (including any publicly issued debt securities) in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.

Financial Debt Covenants Attributable to TNC B.V.

The Amended Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant consisting of a maximum leverage ratio applicable to our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. and its restricted subsidiaries. The leverage ratio requires that we not permit the ratio of total net debt (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) at the end of any calendar quarter to Covenant EBITDA (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) for the four quarters then ended to exceed a specified threshold. The maximum permitted ratio is 5.50 to 1.00.

Failure to comply with this financial covenant would result in an event of default under our Amended Credit Agreement unless waived by our senior credit lenders. An event of default under our Amended Credit Agreement can result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the facilities, which in turn would result in an event of default and possible acceleration of indebtedness under the agreements governing our debt securities as well. As our failure to comply with the financial covenant described above can cause us to go into default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, management believes that our Amended Credit Agreement and this covenant are material to us. As of September 30, 2017, we were in full compliance with the financial covenant described above.

Revolving Credit Facility

The Amended Credit Agreement contains a senior secured revolving credit facility with aggregate revolving credit commitments of $575 million and a final maturity of April 2019 under which Nielsen Finance LLC, TNC (US) Holdings, Inc., and Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. can borrow revolving loans. The revolving credit facility can also be used for letters of credit, guarantees and swingline loans.

The senior secured revolving credit facility is provided under the Amended Credit Agreement and so contains covenants and restrictions as noted above with respect to the Amended Credit Agreement. Obligations under the revolving credit facility are guaranteed by the same entities that guarantee obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement.

As of September 30, 2017 and 2016, we had zero and $357 million borrowings outstanding and had outstanding letters of credit of $11 million and $6 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2017, we had $564 million available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility.

Dividends and Share Repurchase Program

On January 31, 2013, our Board of Directors adopted a cash dividend policy to pay quarterly cash dividends on our outstanding common stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will be subject to the board’s continuing determination that the dividend policy and the declaration of dividends thereunder are in the best interests of our shareholders, and are in compliance with all laws and agreements to which we are subject. The below table summarizes the dividends declared on our common stock during 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

 

  

Declaration Date

 

  

Record Date

 

  

Payment Date

 

  

Dividend Per Share

 

  

 

February 18, 2016

 

 

 

March 3, 2016

 

 

 

March 17, 2016

 

 

$

0.28

  

  

 

April 19, 2016

 

 

 

June 2, 2016

 

 

 

June 16, 2016

 

 

$

0.31

 

  

 

July 21, 2016

 

 

 

August 25, 2016

 

 

 

September 8, 2016

 

 

$

0.31

 

  

 

October 20, 2016

 

 

 

November 22, 2016

 

 

 

December 6, 2016

 

 

$

0.31

 

 

 

February 16, 2017

 

 

 

March 2, 2017

 

 

 

March 16, 2017

 

 

$

0.31

 

 

 

April 24, 2017

 

 

 

June 2, 2017

 

 

 

June 16, 2017

 

 

$

0.34

 

 

 

July 20, 2017

 

 

 

August 24, 2017

 

 

 

September 7, 2017

 

 

$

0.34

 

- 47 -


 

On October 19, 2017, our Board declared a cash dividend of $0.34 per share of our common stock. The dividend is payable on December 5, 2017 to stockholders of record at the close of business on November 21, 2017.

Our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program, as included in the below table, for up to $2 billion of our outstanding common stock. The primary purposes of the program are to return value to shareholders and to mitigate dilution associated with our equity compensation plans.

 

Board Approval

 

Share

Repurchase

Authorization

($ in millions)

July 25, 2013

 

$

500

October 23, 2014

 

$

1,000

December 11, 2015

  

$

500

Total Share Repurchase Authorization

  

$

2,000

 

Repurchases under these plans will be made in accordance with applicable securities laws from time to time in the open market or otherwise depending on our evaluation of market conditions and other factors. This program has been executed within the limitations of the authority granted by our shareholders.

As of September 30, 2017, there have been 36,588,112 shares of our common stock purchased at an average price of $45.88 per share (total consideration of approximately $1,679 million) under this program.

The activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 consisted of open market share repurchases and is summarized in the following table:

 

Period

  

Total Number of Shares Purchased

 

  

Average Price Paid per Share

 

  

Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs

 

  

Dollar Value of Shares that may yet be Purchased under the Plans or Programs

 

As of December 31, 2016

  

 

33,837,526

 

 

$

46.16

 

 

 

33,837,526

 

 

$

437,970,016

  

2016 Activity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1- 31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

437,970,016

 

February 1- 28

 

 

564,623

 

 

$

45.30

 

 

 

564,623

 

 

$

412,392,848

 

March 1- 31

 

 

365,228

 

 

$

45.15

 

 

 

365,228

 

 

$

395,903,537

 

April 1-30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

395,903,537

 

May 1-31

 

 

1,020,212

 

 

$

40.65

 

 

 

1,020,212

 

 

$

354,426,944

 

June 1-30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

354,426,944

 

July 1-31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

354,426,944

 

August 1-31

 

 

698,062

 

 

$

41.77

 

 

 

698,062

 

 

$

325,268,111

 

September 1-30

 

 

102,461

 

 

$

39.25

 

 

 

102,461

 

 

$

321,246,116

 

Total

  

 

36,588,112

  

  

$

45.88

  

  

 

36,588,112

  

  

 

 

  

Cash Flows

Operating activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $804 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, as compared to $753 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. This increase was primarily due to the timing of vendor and client payments, partially offset by higher tax and interest payments. Our key collections performance measure, days billing outstanding (DBO), increased by 1 day as compared to the same period last year.

Investing activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $888 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, as compared to $591 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The primary driver for the increase was higher acquisition payments during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to the same period for 2016.  

- 48 -


 

Financing activities . Net cash used in financing activities was $48 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $90 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The decrease in net cash use d in financing activities was primarily due lower share repurchasing, as described in the “Dividends and Share Repurchase Program” as compared to the same period of 2016, partially offset by lower net borrowings of the revolving credit facility and higher dividends payments during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to the same period of 2016.

Capital Expenditures

Investments in property, plant, equipment, software and other assets totaled $319 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to $324 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. In addition, we received $28 million of proceeds from the sale of certain property, plant and equipment and other assets during the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our consolidated financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

 

Summary of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Intangibles- Goodwill and Other

In January 2017, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”), “ Intangibles—Goodwill and Other ” to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill. The update requires only a single-step quantitative test to identify and measure impairment based on the excess of a reporting unit's carrying amount over its fair value. A qualitative assessment may still be completed first for an entity to determine if a quantitative impairment test is necessary. The update is effective for fiscal year 2021 and is to be adopted on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We elected to early adopt this ASU effective January 1, 2017. There was no impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements .

 

Other Income—Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets

In February 2017, the FASB issued an ASU, “ Other Income Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets ”, which clarifies the scope and application of ASC 610-20 on the sale or transfer of nonfinancial assets and in substance nonfinancial assets to noncustomers, including partial sales. It requires the application of certain recognition and measurement principles in ASC 606 when derecognizing nonfinancial assets and in substance nonfinancial assets, and the counterparty is not a customer. This ASU is effective for fiscal years (and interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2017. We are currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this ASU will have on our condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

Retirement Benefits: Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost

In March 2017, the FASB issued an ASU,  Compensation — Retirement Benefits: Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost , which will change the presentation of net periodic benefit cost related to employer sponsored defined benefit plans and other postretirement benefits. Service cost will be included within the same income statement line item as other compensation costs arising from services rendered during the period, while other components of net periodic benefit pension cost will be presented separately outside of operating income. Additionally, only service costs may be capitalized in assets. This ASU is effective for fiscal years (and interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2017. We are currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this ASU will have on our condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

Compensation- Stock Compensation

In May 2017, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”), Compensation- Stock Compensation (Topic 718), “ Scope of Modification Accounting ”, which amends the scope of modification accounting for share-based payment arrangements. The standard provides guidance on the types of changes to the terms or conditions of share-based payment awards to which an entity would be required to apply modification accounting under ASC 718. Specifically, an entity would not apply modification accounting if the fair value, vesting conditions, and classification of the awards are the same immediately before and after the modification. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements.

- 49 -


 

Derivatives and Hedging

In August 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) “Derivatives and Hedging- Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities)” (“ASU 2017-12”). The amendments expand an entity’s ability to apply hedge accounting for nonfinancial and financial risk components and allow for a simplified approach for fair value hedging of interest rate risk. ASU 2017-12 eliminates the need to separately measure and report hedge ineffectiveness and generally requires the entire change in fair value of a hedging instrument to be presented in the same income statement line as the hedged item. Additionally, the standard simplifies the hedge documentation and effectiveness assessment requirements under the previous guidance. The amendments of this ASU are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. We elected to early adopt this ASU during the third quarter 2017. See footnote 8 “Fair Value Measurement”, for the additional disclosures related to this ASU. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

In May 2014, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”), “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers ”.  The new revenue recognition standard provides a five step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The new model will require revenue recognition to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration a company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services and shall be applied retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption.  In addition, the new standard requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. This standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017.

In 2014, we established a cross-functional implementation team consisting of representatives from across all of its business segments. Management utilized a bottoms-up approach to analyze the impact of the standard on our contract portfolio by reviewing the current accounting policies and practices to identify potential differences that would result from applying the requirements of the new standard to our revenue contracts. In addition, management identified, and are in the process of implementing appropriate changes to our business processes, systems and controls to support the recognition and disclosure under the new standard. Based on management’s preliminary assessment, it believes the most significant impact the adoption of the new standard will have on its condensed consolidated financial statements are the required financial statement disclosures. We are continuing to assess the impact this ASU will have on recent acquisitions as well as which transition method we will use to adopt this ASU.

 

Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Proceedings and Contingencies

We are subject to litigation and other claims in the ordinary course of business, some of which include claims for substantial sums. Accruals have been recorded when the outcome is probable and can be reasonably estimated. While the ultimate results of claims and litigation cannot be determined, we expect that the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on its operations or financial condition. However, depending on the amount and the timing, an unfavorable resolution of some or all of these matters could materially affect our future results of operations or cash flows in a particular period.

Other Contractual Obligations

Our other contractual obligations include capital lease obligations (including interest portion), facility leases, leases of certain computer and other equipment, agreements to purchase data and telecommunication services, the payment of principal and interest on debt and pension fund obligations.

Subsequent Event

Outsourced Services Agreements

In October 2017, we amended and restated in its entirety, our Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2007 with Tata America International Corporation and Tata Consultancy Services Limited (jointly, “TCS”) (as amended prior to the Second Amendment and Restatement, the “Prior Agreement”) by entering into a Second Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of October 1, 2017 and effective as of January 1, 2017 (the “Effective Date”), with TCS. The term of the Agreement has been extended for an additional five years, so as to expire on December 31, 2025, with three one-year renewal options granted us. We have committed to purchase services from TCS from the Effective Date through the remaining term of the Agreement (the “Minimum Commitment”) in the amount of $2.25 billion, including a commitment to purchase at least $320 million in services per year from 2017 through 2020, $186 million in services per year from 2021 through 2024, and $139.5 million in services in 2025 (in each of the foregoing cases, the “Annual Commitment”). In connection with the entry into the Agreement, the parties have agreed to terminate the separate Global Infrastructure Services Agreement between them as of the

- 50 -


 

Effective Date and include the services provided thereunder in one or more Statements of Work (“SOWs”) arising under the Agreement. TCS’s charges under such SOWs will continue to be credited against the Minimum Commitment and the Annual Commitment. TCS will globally provide us with professional services relating to information t echnology (including application development and maintenance), business process outsourcing, client service knowledge process outsourcing, management sciences, analytics, and financial planning. As we order specific services under the Agreement, the partie s will execute SOWs describing the specific scope of the services to be performed by TCS. The amount of the Minimum Commitment and the Annual Commitment may be reduced on the occurrence of certain events, some of which also provide us with the right to ter minate the Agreement or SOWs, as applicable.

 

 

I tem  3.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and market prices such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, and changes in the market value of equity instruments. We are exposed to market risk, primarily related to foreign exchange and interest rates. We actively monitor these exposures. Historically, in order to manage the volatility relating to these exposures, we entered into a variety of derivative financial instruments, mainly interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps and forward rate agreements. Currently we only employ basic contracts, that is, without options, embedded or otherwise. Our objective is to reduce, where it is deemed appropriate to do so, fluctuations in earnings, cash flows and the value of our net investments in subsidiaries resulting from changes in interest rates and foreign currency rates. It is our policy not to trade in financial instruments for speculative purposes.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We operate globally and predominantly generate revenue and expenses in local currencies. Approximately 41% of our revenues and 43% of our operating costs were generated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. Because of fluctuations (including possible devaluations) in currency exchange rates or the imposition of limitations on conversion of foreign currencies into our reporting currency, we are subject to currency translation exposure on the profits of our operations, in addition to transaction exposure. Typically, a one cent change in the U.S. Dollar/Euro exchange rate, holding all other currencies constant, will impact revenues by approximately $6 million annually, with an immaterial impact on our profitability.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, we recorded a net loss of zero and $3 million, respectively, associated with foreign currency derivative financial instruments within foreign currency exchange transactions losses, net in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.  As of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the notional amount of outstanding foreign currency derivative financial instruments were $79 million and $77 million, respectively.

The table below details the percentage of revenues and expenses by currency for the nine months ended September 30, 2017:

 

 

U.S. Dollar

 

 

 

Euro

 

 

 

Other Currencies

 

Revenues

59

 

 

10

 

 

31

Operating costs

57

 

 

10

 

 

33

 

Interest Rate Risk

We continually review our fixed and variable rate debt along with related hedging opportunities in order to ensure our portfolio is appropriately balanced as part of our overall interest rate risk management strategy. At September 30, 2017, we had $4,073 million in carrying value of floating-rate debt under our senior secured credit facilities of which $1,550 million was subject to effective floating-fixed interest rate swaps. A one percent increase in interest rates applied to our floating rate indebtedness would therefore increase annual interest expense by approximately $25 million ($41 million without giving effect to any of our interest rate swaps).

Derivative instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of non-performance, or credit risk. We do not believe that we currently face a significant risk of loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparties associated with these instruments, as these transactions were executed with a diversified group of major financial institutions with a minimum investment-grade or better credit rating. Our credit risk exposure is managed through the continuous monitoring of our exposures to such counterparties.

Equity Price Risk

We are not exposed to material equity risk.

 

- 51 -


 

I tem  4.

Controls and Procedures

(a)

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits to the SEC under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of September 30, 2017 (the “Evaluation Date”). Based on such evaluation and subject to foregoing, such officers have concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective at the reasonable assurance level.

(b)

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

- 52 -


 

P ART II. OTHER INFORMATION

I tem  1.

Legal Proceedings

We are subject to litigation and other claims in the ordinary course of business, some of which include claims for substantial sums. Accruals have been recorded when the outcome is probable and can be reasonably estimated. While the ultimate results of claims and litigation cannot be determined, we do expect that the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our operations or financial condition. However, depending on the amount and the timing, an unfavorable resolution of some or all of these matters could materially affect our future results of operations or cash flows in a particular period.

I tem  1A.

Risk Factors

There have been no material changes to our Risk Factors as previously disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016.

I tem  2.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

There were no unregistered sales of our common stock for the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Period

  

Total Number of Shares Purchased

 

  

Average Price Paid per Share

 

  

Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (1)

 

  

Dollar Value of Shares that may yet be Purchased under the Plans or Programs

 

July 1-31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

354,426,944

 

August 1-31

 

 

698,062

 

 

$

41.77

 

 

 

698,062

 

 

$

325,268,111

 

September 1-30

 

 

102,461

 

 

 

39.25

 

 

 

102,461

 

 

$

321,246,116

 

Total

  

 

800,523

  

  

$

41.45

  

  

 

800,523

  

  

 

 

 

(1)

Our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program for up to $2 billion of our common stock on the dates indicated under Part I – Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources – Dividends and Share Repurchase Program.

I tem  3.

Defaults Upon Senior Securities

Not applicable.

I tem 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Ite m  5.

Other Information

None.

- 53 -


 

I tem  6.

Exhibits

The agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to this quarterly report on Form 10-Q are not intended to provide factual information or other disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves, and you should not rely on them for that purpose. In particular, any representations and warranties made by the registrant in these agreements or other documents were made solely within the specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibits

 

  

 

 4.1*

 

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated September 28, 2017, between Nielsen Finance Holdings Ireland Limited and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee

 

 

 

 4.2*

 

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated September 28, 2017, between Nielsen Holdings Luxembourg S.a.r.l., and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee

 

 

 

 4.3*

 

Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated September 28, 2017, between Nielsen Finance Holdings Ireland Limited and Delaware Trust Company, as trustee

 

 

 

 4.4*

 

Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture, dated September 28, 2017, between Nielsen Holdings Luxembourg S.a.r.l., and Delaware Trust Company, as trustee

 

 

 

 4.5*

 

Eighteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated September 28, 2017, between Nielsen Finance Holdings Ireland Limited and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee

 

 

 

 4.6*

 

Nineteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated September 28, 2017, between Nielsen Holdings Luxembourg S.a.r.l., and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee

 

 

 

 4.7*

 

Twentieth Supplemental Indenture, dated September 28, 2017, between Nielsen Finance Holdings Ireland Limited and Delaware Trust Company, as trustee

 

 

 

 4.8*

 

Twenty-First Supplemental Indenture, dated September 28, 2017, between Nielsen Holdings Luxembourg S.a.r.l., and Delaware Trust Company, as trustee

 

 

 

10.1*†

 

Nielsen Holdings plc Severance Policy for Section 16 Officers and United-States-Based Senior Executives

 

 

 

 31.1*

 

CEO 302 Certification Pursuant to Rule 13(a)-14(a)/15d-14(a)

 

 

 

 31.2*

 

CFO 302 Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

 

 

 

 32.1*

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

101*

 

The following financial information from Nielsen Holdings plc’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2017, formatted in XBRL includes: (i) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, (ii) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, (iii) Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2017 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2016, (iv) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, and (v) the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

*

Filed or furnished herewith

Management contract or compensatory plan.

The agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to this report are not intended to provide factual information or other disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves, and you should not rely on them for that purpose. In particular, any representations and warranties made by us in these agreements or other documents were made solely within the specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

 

 

- 54 -


 

S IGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

Nielsen Holdings plc
(Registrant)

 

 

 

Date: October 25, 2017

 

/s/ Jeffrey R. Charlton

  

 

Jeffrey R. Charlton
Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller
Duly Authorized Officer and Principal Accounting Officer

 

- 55 -

 

Exhibit 4.1

Execution Version

Fourth SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of September 28, 2017, between Nielsen Finance Holdings Ireland Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Ireland, with registration number 612040 and having its registered office at 14 River Walk, National Digital Park, Citywest Business Campus, Dublin 24 (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), an affiliate of The Nielsen Company (Luxembourg) S.à r.l., a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limitée (the “ Issuer ”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of January 31, 2017, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2025 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of and interest, premium on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 


 

(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(c) The following is hereby waived:  diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

(d) This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee.

(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Guarantee.

2


 

(i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

(j) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(k) In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(l) This Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking pari passu with any other future Senior Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any.

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(n) Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Indenture to the contrary, any obligation, guarantee or undertaking granted or assumed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture shall be deemed not to be undertaken or incurred by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to the extent that the same would constitute unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Section 82 of the Irish Companies Act 2014 or any other applicable financial assistance rules under any relevant jurisdiction (the “Prohibition”) and the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture in conjunction with the Indenture and the other documents to be entered into in connection with the Notes and the Guarantee shall be construed accordingly.  For the avoidance of doubt it is expressly acknowledged that the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will continue to guarantee and secure all such obligations which, if included, do not constitute a violation of the Prohibition.

(3) Execution and Delivery .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

3


 

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) (A) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(B) the Successor Person, if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(D) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

(ii) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture;

(b) Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer.

(5) Releases .  The Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (A)  any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture ;

( B ) the release or discharge of the guarantee by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of the Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

(C) the proper designation of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

4


 

(D) the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

(6) No Recourse Against Others .  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  

(7) Governing Law .  THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(8) Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(9) Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(10) The Trustee .  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(11) Subrogation .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

(12) Benefits Acknowledged .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture.  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(13) Successors .  All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

 

5


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

SIGNED AND DELIVERED as a Deed

for and on behalf of

NIELSEN FINANCE HOLDINGS IRELAND LIMITED

by its lawfully appointed attorney

in the presence of:

 

/s/ Noel Dolan

Signature of Attorney

 

/s/ Stephen Hannigan

 

Signature of Witness

 

Stephen Hannigan

Name of Witness

 

Solicitor

Occupation of Witness

 

A&L Goodbody, IFSC, North Wall Quay, Dublin 1

Address of Witness

 


[Fourth Supplemental Indenture to 5.000% Senior Notes due 2025 Indenture]


 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Carol Ng

Name:

Carol Ng

Title:

Vice President

 

By:

/s/ Julia Engel

Name:

Julia Engel

Title:

Vice President

 

[Fourth Supplemental Indenture to 5.000% Senior Notes due 2025 Indenture]

Exhibit 4.2

 

Execution Version

FiFth SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of September 28, 2017, between Nielsen Holdings Luxembourg S.à r.l., a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limitée (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), an affiliate of The Nielsen Company (Luxembourg) S.à r.l., a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limitée (the “ Issuer ”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of January 31, 2017, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2025 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of and interest, premium on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

1


(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(c) The following is hereby waived:  diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

(d) This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee.

(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Guarantee.

(i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, except as described in clause (n) below.

(j) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest

2


extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(k) In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(l) This Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking pari passu with any other future Senior Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any.

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(n) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the aggregate amount payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as a Guarantor under the Indenture shall, from time to time, be limited to an amount not exceeding at any time the greater of:

(A)

(i) the principal amount (if any) borrowed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries from another Subsidiary of Nielsen Holdings Plc and financed directly or indirectly from the proceeds of Notes; plus

(ii) ninety-five percent (95%) of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s “capitaux propres” (as referred to in article 34 of the Luxembourg law dated 19 December 2002 on the commercial register and annual accounts, as amended (the “ 2002 Law ”)) and its Intra-Group Liabilities (to the extent not yet accounted for above under (A) (i) and without double counting), as reflected in its last annual accounts (approved by a shareholders’ meeting) available on a date payment is made under the Guarantee; and

(B)

(i) the principal amount (if any) borrowed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries from another Subsidiary of Nielsen Holdings Plc and financed directly or indirectly from the proceeds of Notes; plus

(ii) ninety-five percent (95%) of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s “capitaux propres” (as referred to in article 34 of the 2002 Law) and its Intra-Group Liabilities (to the extent not yet accounted for above under (B) (i) and without double counting), as reflected in its last annual accounts (approved by a shareholders’ meeting) available as at the date of this Supplemental Indenture

3


(it being understood that the foregoing limitations shall not apply to the obligations and liabilities of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to the extent they relate to the obligations and liabilities under the Indenture of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary).

The amounts due by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Supplemental Indenture shall be reduced by any amount paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under each of the following documents (the “ Other Debt Documents ”): (i) the Twenty-First Supplemental Indenture, (ii) the Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture, (iii) the Nineteenth Supplemental Indenture and (iv) the Joinder Agreement.

For the purpose of clause (n) of this Section 2:

Intra-Group Liabilities ” shall mean any amounts owed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to any other member of the group to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary belongs and that have not been financed from the proceeds of Notes.

Joinder Agreement ” shall mean the joinder agreement dated as of September [28], 2017, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, to the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2014 among Nielsen Finance LLC, TNC (US) Holdings, Inc., Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V., the guarantors party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

Nineteenth Supplemental Indenture ” shall mean the nineteenth supplemental indenture dated as of September 28, 2017, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as guaranteeing subsidiary and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as trustee, relating to the indenture dated as of September 27, 2013, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2025.

Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture ” shall mean the seventeenth supplemental indenture dated as of September 28, 2017, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as guaranteeing subsidiary and Delaware Trust Company as trustee, relating to the indenture dated as of April 11, 2014, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2022.

Twenty-First Supplemental Indenture ” shall mean the twenty-first supplemental indenture dated as of September 28, 2017, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as guaranteeing subsidiary and Delaware Trust Company as trustee, relating to an indenture dated as of October 2, 2012, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2020.

(o) Any obligation, guarantee or undertaking granted or assumed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and the Other Debt Documents as a guaranteeing subsidiary shall be deemed not to be undertaken or incurred by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to the extent that the same would constitute unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of any relevant jurisdiction (including without limitation, within the meaning of articles 49-6 and 168 of the Luxembourg law dated 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended) (the “ Prohibition ”) and the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture or the Other Debt Documents shall be construed accordingly. For the avoidance of doubt it is expressly acknowledged that the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will continue to guarantee and secure all such obligations which, if included, do not constitute a violation of the Prohibition.

4


(3) Execution and Delivery .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) (A) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(B) the Successor Person, if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(D) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

(ii) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture;

(b) Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer.

(5) Releases .  The Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (A)  any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture ;

( B ) the release or discharge of the guarantee by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of the Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

5


(C) the proper designation of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(D) the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

(6) No Recourse Against Others .  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  

(7) Governing Law .  THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(8) Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(9) Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(10) The Trustee .  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(11) Subrogation .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

(12) Benefits Acknowledged .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture.  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(13) Successors .  All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

 

 

6


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

Nielsen Holdings Luxembourg S. À   r.l.

 

 

 

Société à responsabilité limitée
Registered office: 22 Rue Jean-Pierre Brasseur, L-1258 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg in the process of being registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ William C. Bradley

Name:

 

William C. Bradley

Title:

 

Authorized Signatory


[Fifth Supplemental Indenture to 5.000% Senior Notes due 2025 Indenture]


 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Carol Ng

Name:

 

Carol Ng

Title:

 

Vice President

 

By:

 

/s/ Julia Engel

Name:

 

Julia Engel

Title:

 

Vice President

 

[Fifth Supplemental Indenture to 5.000% Senior Notes due 2025 Indenture]

 

Exhibit 4.3

Execution Version

SIXTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of September 28, 2017, between Nielsen Finance Holdings Ireland Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Ireland, with registration number 612040 and having its registered office at 14 River Walk, National Digital Park, Citywest Business Campus, Dublin 24 (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), an affiliate of Nielsen Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Nielsen Finance Co., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuers ”), and Delaware Trust Company (as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York), as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuers and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of April 11, 2014, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2022 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 


 

(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(c) The following is hereby waived:  diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

(d) This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuers, the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee.

(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Guarantee.

(i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

2


 

(j) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuers for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuers become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuers’ assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(k) In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(l) This Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking pari passu with any other future Senior Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any.

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(n) Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Indenture to the contrary, any obligation, guarantee or undertaking granted or assumed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture shall be deemed not to be undertaken or incurred by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to the extent that the same would constitute unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Section 82 of the Irish Companies Act 2014 or any other applicable financial assistance rules under any relevant jurisdiction (the “Prohibition”) and the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture in conjunction with the Indenture and the other documents to be entered into in connection with the Notes and the Guarantee shall be construed accordingly.  For the avoidance of doubt it is expressly acknowledged that the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will continue to guarantee and secure all such obligations which, if included, do not constitute a violation of the Prohibition.

(3) Execution and Delivery .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.

3


 

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not an Issuer or Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) (A) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(B) the Successor Person, if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(D) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

(ii) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture;

(b) Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuers.

(5) Releases .  The Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuers or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (A)  any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture ;

( B ) the release or discharge of the guarantee by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of the Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

(C) the proper designation of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

4


 

(D) the Issuers exercising their Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuers’ obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

(6) No Recourse Against Others .  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  

(7) Governing Law .  THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(8) Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(9) Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(10) The Trustee .  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(11) Subrogation .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuers in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuers under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

(12) Benefits Acknowledged .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture.  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(13) Successors .  All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

 

5


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

SIGNED AND DELIVERED as a Deed

for and on behalf of

NIELSEN FINANCE HOLDINGS IRELAND LIMITED

by its lawfully appointed attorney

in the presence of:

 

/s/ Noel Dolan

Signature of Attorney

 

/s/ Stephen Hannigan

Signature of Witness

 

Stephen Hannigan

Name of Witness

 

Solicitor

Occupation of Witness

 

A&L Goodbody, IFSC, North Wall Quay, Dublin 1

Address of Witness

 


[Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture to 5.000% Senior Notes Indenture]


 

DELAWARE TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Alan R. Halpern

Name:

 

Alan R. Halpern

Title:

 

Vice President

 

[Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture to 5.000% Senior Notes Indenture]

 

Exhibit 4.4

Execution Version

SEVENTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of September 28, 2017, between Nielsen Holdings Luxembourg S.à r.l., a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limitée (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), an affiliate of Nielsen Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Nielsen Finance Co., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuers ”), and Delaware Trust Company (as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York), as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuers and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of April 11, 2014, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2022 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 


 

(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(c) The following is hereby waived:  diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

(d) This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuers, the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee.

2


 

(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Guarantee.

(i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, except as described in clause (n) below.

(j) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuers for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuers become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuers’ assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(k) In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(l) This Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking pari passu with any other future Senior Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any.

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(n) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the aggregate amount payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as a Guarantor under the Indenture shall, from time to time, be limited to an amount not exceeding at any time the greater of:

(A)

(i) the principal amount (if any) borrowed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries from another Subsidiary of Nielsen Holdings Plc and financed directly or indirectly from the proceeds of Notes; plus

3


 

(ii) ninety-five percent (95%) of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s “capitaux propres” (as referred to in article 34 of the Luxembourg law dated 19 December 2002 on the commercial register and annual accounts, as amended (the “ 2002 Law ”)) and its Intra-Group Liabilities (to the extent not yet accounted for above under (A) (i) and without double counting), as reflected in its last annual accounts (approved by a shareholders’ meeting) available on the date a payment is made under the Guarantee; and

(B)

(i) the principal amount (if any) borrowed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries from another Subsidiary of Nielsen Holdings Plc and financed directly or indirectly from the proceeds of Notes; plus

(ii) ninety-five percent (95%) of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s “capitaux propres” (as referred to in article 34 of the 2002 Law) and its Intra-Group Liabilities (to the extent not yet accounted for above under (B) (i) and without double counting), as reflected in its last annual accounts (approved by a shareholders’ meeting) available as at the date of this Supplemental Indenture

(it being understood that the foregoing limitations shall not apply to the obligations and liabilities of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to the extent they relate to the obligations and liabilities under the Indenture of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary).

The amounts due by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Supplemental Indenture shall be reduced by any amount paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under each of the following documents (the “ Other Debt Documents ”): (i) the Twenty-First Supplemental Indenture, (ii) the Nineteenth Supplemental Indenture, (iii) the Fifth Supplemental Indenture and (iv) the Joinder Agreement.

For the purpose of clause (n) of this Section 2:

Fifth Supplemental Indenture ” shall mean the fifth supplemental indenture dated as of September 28, 2017, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as guaranteeing subsidiary and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as trustee, relating to the indenture dated as of January 31, 2017, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2025.

Intra-Group Liabilities ” shall mean any amounts owed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to any other member of the group to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary belongs and that have not been financed from the proceeds of Notes.

Joinder Agreement ” shall mean the joinder agreement dated as of September 28, 2017, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, to the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2014 among Nielsen Finance LLC, TNC (US) Holdings, Inc., Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V., the guarantors party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

4


 

Nineteenth Supplemental Indenture ” shall mean the nineteenth supplemental indenture dated as of September 28, 2017, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as guaranteeing subsidiary and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as trustee, relating to the indenture dated as of September 27, 2013, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2021.

Twenty-First Supplemental Indenture ” shall mean the twenty-first supplemental indenture dated as of September 28, 2017, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as guaranteeing subsidiary and Delaware Trust Company as trustee, relating to the indenture dated as of October 2, 2012, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2020.

(o) Any obligation, guarantee or undertaking granted or assumed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and the Other Debt Documents as a guaranteeing subsidiary shall be deemed not to be undertaken or incurred by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to the extent that the same would constitute unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of any relevant jurisdiction (including without limitation, within the meaning of articles 49-6 and 168 of the Luxembourg law dated 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended) (the “ Prohibition ”) and the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture or the Other Debt Documents shall be construed accordingly. For the avoidance of doubt it is expressly acknowledged that the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will continue to guarantee and secure all such obligations which, if included, do not constitute a violation of the Prohibition.

(3) Execution and Delivery .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not an Issuer or Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) (A) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(B) the Successor Person, if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

5


 

(D) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

(ii) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture;

(b) Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuers.

(5) Releases .  The Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuers or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture ;

( B ) the release or discharge of the guarantee by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of the Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

(C) the proper designation of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(D) the Issuers exercising their Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuers’ obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

(6) No Recourse Against Others .  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  

(7) Governing Law .  THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(8) Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

6


 

(9) Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(10) The Trustee .  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(11) Subrogation .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuers in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuers under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

(12) Benefits Acknowledged .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture.  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(13) Successors .  All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

7


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

Nielsen HOLDINGS Luxembourg S.À r.l.

Société à responsabilité limitée
Registered office: 22 Rue Jean-Pierre Brasseur, L-1258
Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

in the process of being registered with the Luxembourg
Register of Commerce and Companies

By:

/s/ William C. Bradley

Name:

William C. Bradley

Title:

Authorized Signatory


[Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture to 5.000% Senior Notes Indenture]


 

DELAWARE TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Alan R. Harpern

Name:

 

Alan R. Halpern

Title:

 

Vice President

 

[Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture to 5.000% Senior Notes Indenture]

 

Exhibit 4.5

Execution Version

EIGHTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of September 28, 2017, between Nielsen Finance Holdings Ireland Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Ireland, with registration number 612040 and having its registered office at 14 River Walk, National Digital Park, Citywest Business Campus, Dublin 24 (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), an affiliate of The Nielsen Company (Luxembourg) S.à r.l., a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limitée (the “ Issuer ”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of September 27, 2013, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2021 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of and interest, premium on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 


 

(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(c) The following is hereby waived:  diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

(d) This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee.

(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Guarantee.

(i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum

2


 

amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

(j) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(k) In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(l) This Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking pari passu with any other future Senior Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any.

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(n) Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Indenture to the contrary, any obligation, guarantee or undertaking granted or assumed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture shall be deemed not to be undertaken or incurred by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to the extent that the same would constitute unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Section 82 of the Irish Companies Act 2014 or any other applicable financial assistance rules under any relevant jurisdiction (the “Prohibition”) and the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture in conjunction with the Indenture and the other documents to be entered into in connection with the Notes and the Guarantee shall be construed accordingly.  For the avoidance of doubt it is expressly acknowledged that the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will continue to guarantee and secure all such obligations which, if included, do not constitute a violation of the Prohibition.

(3) Execution and Delivery .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

3


 

(i) (A) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(B) the Successor Person, if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(D) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

(ii) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture;

(b) Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer.

(5) Releases .  The Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (A)  any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture ;

( B ) the release or discharge of the guarantee by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of the Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

(C) the proper designation of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(D) the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

4


 

(6) No Recourse Against Others .  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  

(7) Governing Law .  THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(8) Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(9) Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(10) The Trustee .  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(11) Subrogation .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

(12) Benefits Acknowledged .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture.  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(13) Successors .  All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

5


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

SIGNED AND DELIVERED as a Deed

for and on behalf of

NIELSEN FINANCE HOLDINGS IRELAND LIMITED

 

by its lawfully appointed attorney

 

in the presence of:

 

/s/ Noel Dolan

Signature of Attorney

 

/s/ Stephen Hannigan

Signature of Witness

 

Stephen Hannigan

Name of Witness

 

Solicitor

Occupation of Witness

 

A&L Goodbody, IFSC, North Wall Quay, Dublin 1

Address of Witness


[Eighteenth Supplemental Indenture to 5.50% Senior Notes Indenture]


 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee

 

By:

/s/ Carol Ng

Name:

Carol Ng

Title:

Vice President

 

By:

/s/ Julia Engel

Name:

Julia Engel

Title:

Vice President

 

[Eighteenth Supplemental Indenture to 5.50% Senior Notes Indenture]

 

Exhibit 4.6

Execution Version

NINETEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of September 28, 2017, between Nielsen Holdings Luxembourg S.à r.l., a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limitée (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), an affiliate of The Nielsen Company (Luxembourg) S.à r.l., a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limitée (the “ Issuer ”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of September 27, 2013, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2021 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of and interest, premium on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 


 

(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(c) The following is hereby waived:  diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

(d) This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee.

(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Guarantee.

2


 

(i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, except as described in clause (n) below.

(j) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(k) In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(l) This Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking pari passu with any other future Senior Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any.

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(n) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the aggregate amount payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as a Guarantor under the Indenture shall, from time to time, be limited to an amount not exceeding at any time the greater of:

(A)

(i) the principal amount (if any) borrowed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries from another Subsidiary of Nielsen Holdings Plc and financed directly or indirectly from the proceeds of Notes; plus

(ii) ninety-five percent (95%) of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s “ capitaux propres ” (as referred to in article 34 of the Luxembourg law dated 19 December 2002 on the commercial register and annual accounts, as amended (the “ 2002 Law ”)) and its Intra-Group Liabilities (to the extent not yet accounted for above under (A) (i) and without double counting), as reflected in its last annual accounts (approved by a shareholders’ meeting) available on a date payment is made under the Guarantee; and

3


 

(B)

(i) the principal amount (if any) borrowed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries from another Subsidiary of Nielsen Holdings Plc and financed directly or indirectly from the proceeds of Notes; plus

(ii) ninety-five percent (95%) of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s “ capitaux propres ” (as referred to in article 34 of the 2002 Law) and its Intra-Group Liabilities (to the extent not yet accounted for above under (B) (i) and without double counting), as reflected in its last annual accounts (approved by a shareholders’ meeting) available as at the date of this Supplemental Indenture

(it being understood that the foregoing limitations shall not apply to the obligations and liabilities of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to the extent they relate to the obligations and liabilities under the Indenture of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary).

The amounts due by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Supplemental Indenture shall be reduced by any amount paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under each of the following documents (the “ Other Debt Documents ”): (i) the Twenty-First Supplemental Indenture, (ii) the Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture, (iii) the Fifth Supplemental Indenture and (iv) the Joinder Agreement.

For the purpose of clause (n) of this Section 2:

Fifth Supplemental Indenture ” shall mean the fifth supplemental indenture dated as of September 28, 2017, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as guaranteeing subsidiary and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as trustee, relating to the indenture dated as of January 31, 2017, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2025.

Intra-Group Liabilities ” shall mean any amounts owed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to any other member of the group to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary belongs and that have not been financed from the proceeds of Notes.

Joinder Agreement ” shall mean the joinder agreement dated as of September 28, 2017, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, to the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2014 among Nielsen Finance LLC, TNC (US) Holdings, Inc., Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V., the guarantors party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture ” shall mean the seventeenth supplemental indenture dated as of September 28, 2017, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as guaranteeing subsidiary and Delaware Trust Company as trustee, relating to the indenture dated as of April 11, 2014, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2022.

4


 

Twenty-First Supplemental Indenture ” shall mean the twenty-first supplemental indenture dated as of September 28, 2017, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as guaranteeing subsidiary and Delaware Trust Company as trustee, relating to an indenture dated as of October 2, 2012, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2020.

(o) Any obligation, guarantee or undertaking granted or assumed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and the Other Debt Documents as a guaranteeing subsidiary shall be deemed not to be undertaken or incurred by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to the extent that the same would constitute unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of any relevant jurisdiction (including without limitation, within the meaning of articles 49-6 and 168 of the Luxembourg law dated 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended) (the “ Prohibition ”) and the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture or the Other Debt Documents shall be construed accordingly. For the avoidance of doubt it is expressly acknowledged that the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will continue to guarantee and secure all such obligations which, if included, do not constitute a violation of the Prohibition.

(3) Execution and Delivery .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) (A) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(B) the Successor Person, if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(D) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

5


 

(ii) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture;

(b) Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer.

(5) Releases .  The Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (A)  any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture ;

( B ) the release or discharge of the guarantee by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of the Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

(C) the proper designation of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(D) the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

(6) No Recourse Against Others .  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  

(7) Governing Law .  THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(8) Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(9) Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

6


 

(10) The Trustee .  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(11) Subrogation .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

(12) Benefits Acknowledged .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture.  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(13) Successors .  All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

7


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

Nielsen Holdings Luxembourg S.À   r.l.

Société à responsabilité limitée
Registered office: 22 Rue Jean-Pierre Brasseur, L-1258
Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

in the process of being registered with the Luxembourg
Register of Commerce and Companies

 

By:

/s/ William C. Bradley

Name:

William C. Bradley

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 


[Nineteenth Supplemental Indenture to 5.50% Senior Notes Indenture]


 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee

 

By:

/s/ Carol Ng

Name:

Carol Ng

Title:

Vice President

 

By:

/s/ Julia Engel

Name:

Julia Engel

Title:

Vice President

 

[Nineteenth Supplemental Indenture to 5.50% Senior Notes Indenture]

 

Exhibit 4.7

Execution Version

TWENTIETH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of September 28, 2017, between Nielsen Finance Holdings Ireland Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Ireland, with registration number 612040 and having its registered office at 14 River Walk, National Digital Park, Citywest Business Campus, Dublin 24 (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), an affiliate of Nielsen Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Nielsen Finance Co., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuers ”), and Delaware Trust Company (as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York), as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuers and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of October 2, 2012, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 


 

(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(c) The following is hereby waived:  diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

(d) This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuers, the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee.

(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Guarantee.

2


 

(i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

(j) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuers for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuers become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuers’ assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(k) In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(l) This Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking pari passu with any other future Senior Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any.

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(n) Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Indenture to the contrary, any obligation, guarantee or undertaking granted or assumed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture shall be deemed not to be undertaken or incurred by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to the extent that the same would constitute unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Section 82 of the Irish Companies Act 2014 or any other applicable financial assistance rules under any relevant jurisdiction (the “Prohibition”) and the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture in conjunction with the Indenture and the other documents to be entered into in connection with the Notes and the Guarantee shall be construed accordingly.  For the avoidance of doubt it is expressly acknowledged that the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will continue to guarantee and secure all such obligations which, if included, do not constitute a violation of the Prohibition.

(3) Execution and Delivery .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

3


 

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not an Issuer or Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) (A) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(B) the Successor Person, if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(D) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

(ii) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture;

(b) Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuers.

(5) Releases .  The Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuers or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (A)  any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture ;

( B ) the release or discharge of the guarantee by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of the Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

(C) the proper designation of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

4


 

(D) the Issuers exercising their Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuers’ obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

(6) No Recourse Against Others .  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  

(7) Governing Law .  THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(8) Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(9) Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(10) The Trustee .  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(11) Subrogation .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuers in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuers under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

(12) Benefits Acknowledged .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture.  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(13) Successors .  All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

5


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

SIGNED AND DELIVERED as a Deed

for and on behalf of

NIELSEN FINANCE HOLDINGS IRELAND LIMITED

 

by its lawfully appointed attorney

 

in the presence of:

 

/s/ Noel Dolan

Signature of Attorney

 

/s/ Stephen Hannigan

Signature of Witness

 

Stephen Hannigan

Name of Witness

 

Solicitor

Occupation of Witness

 

A&L Goodbody, IFSC, North Wall Quay, Dublin 1

Address of Witness

 


[Twentieth Supplemental Indenture to 4.50% Senior Notes Indenture]


 

DELAWARE TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee

 

By:

/s/ Alan R. Harpern

Name:

Alan R. Halpern

Title:

Vice President

 

[Twentieth Supplemental Indenture to 4.50% Senior Notes Indenture]

 

Exhibit 4.8

Execution Version

TWENTY-FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of September 28, 2017, between Nielsen Holdings Luxembourg S.à r.l., a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limitée (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), an affiliate of Nielsen Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Nielsen Finance Co., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuers ”), and Delaware Trust Company (as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York), as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuers and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of October 2, 2012, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 


 

(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(c) The following is hereby waived:  diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

(d) This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuers, the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee.

(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Guarantee.

2


 

(i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, except as described in clause (n) below.

(j) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuers for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuers become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuers’ assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(k) In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(l) This Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking pari passu with any other future Senior Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any.

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(n) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the aggregate amount payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as a Guarantor under the Indenture shall, from time to time, be limited to an amount not exceeding at any time the greater of:

(A)

(i) the principal amount (if any) borrowed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries from another Subsidiary of Nielsen Holdings Plc and financed directly or indirectly from the proceeds of Notes; plus

(ii) ninety-five percent (95%) of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s “ capitaux propres ” (as referred to in article 34 of the Luxembourg law dated 19 December 2002 on the commercial register and annual accounts, as amended (the “ 2002 Law ”)) and its Intra-Group Liabilities (to the extent not yet accounted for above under (A) (i) and without double counting), as reflected in its last annual accounts (approved by a shareholders’ meeting) available on the date a payment is made under the Guarantee; and

3


 

(B)

(i) the principal amount (if any) borrowed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries from another Subsidiary of Nielsen Holdings Plc and financed directly or indirectly from the proceeds of Notes; plus

(ii) ninety-five percent (95%) of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s “ capitaux propres ” (as referred to in article 34 of the 2002 Law) and its Intra-Group Liabilities (to the extent not yet accounted for above under (B) (i) and without double counting), as reflected in its last annual accounts (approved by a shareholders’ meeting) available as at the date of this Supplemental Indenture

(it being understood that the foregoing limitations shall not apply to the obligations and liabilities of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to the extent they relate to the obligations and liabilities under the Indenture of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary).

The amounts due by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Supplemental Indenture shall be reduced by any amount paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under each of the following documents (the “ Other Debt Documents ”): (i) the Nineteenth Supplemental Indenture, (ii) the Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture, (iii) the Fifth Supplemental Indenture and (iv) the Joinder Agreement.

For the purpose of clause (n) of this Section 2:

Fifth Supplemental Indenture ” shall mean the fifth supplemental indenture dated as of September 28, 2017, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as guaranteeing subsidiary and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as trustee, relating to the indenture dated as of January 31, 2017, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2025.

Intra-Group Liabilities ” shall mean any amounts owed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to any other member of the group to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary belongs and that have not been financed from the proceeds of Notes.

Joinder Agreement ” shall mean the joinder agreement dated as of September 28, 2017, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, to the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2014 among Nielsen Finance LLC, TNC (US) Holdings, Inc., Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V., the guarantors party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

Nineteenth Supplemental Indenture ” shall mean the nineteenth supplemental indenture dated as of September 28, 2017, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as guaranteeing subsidiary and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as trustee, relating to the indenture dated as of September 27, 2013, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2021.

Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture ” shall mean the seventeenth supplemental indenture dated as of September 28, 2017, between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as guaranteeing subsidiary and Delaware Trust Company as trustee, relating to the indenture dated as of April 11, 2014, as

4


 

amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2022.

(o) Any obligation, guarantee or undertaking granted or assumed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and the Other Debt Documents as a guaranteeing subsidiary shall be deemed not to be undertaken or incurred by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to the extent that the same would constitute unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of any relevant jurisdiction (including without limitation, within the meaning of articles 49-6 and 168 of the Luxembourg law dated 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended) (the “ Prohibition ”) and the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture or the Other Debt Documents shall be construed accordingly.  For the avoidance of doubt it is expressly acknowledged that the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will continue to guarantee and secure all such obligations which, if included, do not constitute a violation of the Prohibition.

(3) Execution and Delivery .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not an Issuer or Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i) (A) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(B) the Successor Person, if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(D) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

(ii) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture;

(b) Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuers.

5


 

(5) Releases .  The Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuers or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (A)  any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture ;

( B ) the release or discharge of the guarantee by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of the Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

(C) the proper designation of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(D) the Issuers exercising their Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuers’ obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

(6) No Recourse Against Others .  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  

(7) Governing Law .  THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(8) Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(9) Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(10) The Trustee .  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

6


 

(11) Subrogation .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuers in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuers under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

(12) Benefits Acknowledged .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture.  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(13) Successors .  All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

7


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

Nielsen HOLDINGS Luxembourg S.à r.l.

Société à responsabilité limitée
Registered office: 22 Rue Jean-Pierre Brasseur, L-1258 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

in the process of being registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies

 

By:

/s/ William C. Bradley

Name:

William C. Bradley

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 


[Twenty-First Supplemental Indenture to 4.50% Senior Notes Indenture]


 

DELAWARE TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee

 

By:

/s/ Alan R. Halpern

Name:

Alan R. Halpern

Title:

Vice President

 

[Twenty-First Supplemental Indenture to 4.50% Senior Notes Indenture]

 

Exhibit 10.1

NIELSEN HOLDINGS PLC

SEVERANCE POLICY

FOR SECTION 16 OFFICERS AND UNITED STATES-BASED SENIOR EXECUTIVES

ARTICLE I

Purpose and Effectiveness

Nielsen Holdings plc (the “ Company ”) has adopted this Severance Policy for Section 16 Officers and United States-Based Senior Executives (the “ Policy ”), effective as of July 20, 2017, to provide eligible employees of the Company Group the opportunity to receive severance benefits following a qualifying termination of employment.  This Policy supersedes and replaces any preceding policy, plan, agreement or understanding adopted by or entered into by the Company relating to severance benefits for each Participant covered by this Policy.  This Policy is intended to be a top hat welfare benefit plan under ERISA, maintained for a select group of management or highly compensated employees.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Policy to the contrary, the CEO shall not become a Participant under this Policy until this Policy has been approved by the Company’s shareholders in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 of the United Kingdom.  

The severance benefits provided for herein further the Company’s goals of attracting and retaining executives, keeping senior executives focused on pursuing transaction opportunities that are in the best interest of shareholders and retaining key talent during times of substantial change or consolidation.

ARTICLE II

Definitions

For purposes of this Policy, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated below:

(a) Average Bonus ” means, as to any Participant, the average annual bonus earned under the Executive Annual Incentive Plan (or any successor annual bonus program) or other applicable annual incentive plan in which such Participant participates immediately prior to the Date of Termination and paid by the Company to the Participant for performance in the three fiscal years preceding the Date of Termination (excluding any special or one-time bonuses or any amounts not attributable to the applicable annual incentive plan).  If such Participant did not receive a bonus (or received a prorated bonus) in any of those three preceding fiscal years due to the Participant commencing employment with the Company, the applicable period of employment (i.e. the other one or two years of bonuses) shall be used to calculate the average. If such Participant is terminated prior to having been paid any bonus with respect to a fiscal year, then such Participant’s Average Bonus will be calculated with respect to such fiscal year based on the Participant’s target bonus under the Executive Annual Incentive Plan (or any successor annual bonus program) or other applicable annual incentive plan in which such Participant participates immediately prior to the Date of Termination.

(b) Base Salary ” means, as to any Participant, the amount the Participant is entitled to receive as annual base salary without reduction for any pre-tax contributions to benefit plans.  Base Salary does not include bonuses, incentives, commissions, overtime pay, shift pay, premium pay, cost of living allowances or income from stock options, stock grants or any other equity-based awards.

(c) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

1

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

(d) Caus e ” means, with respect to any Participant, the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

(i) The Participant’s willful misconduct with regard to the Company Group;

(ii) The Participant’s conviction of, or entry into a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony, a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude or an intentional crime involving material dishonesty other than, in any case, vicarious liability;

(iii) The Participant’s conduct involving the use of illegal drugs in the workplace;

(iv) The Participant’s failure to attempt in good faith to follow a lawful directive of his or her supervisor (or, in the case of the CEO, the Board) within ten (10) days after written notice of such failure; or

(v) The Participant’s breach of any agreement with the Company Group which continues beyond ten (10) business days after written demand for substantial performance is sent to the Participant by the Company (to the extent that, in the reasonable judgment of the Committee, such breach can be cured by the Participant).

(e) CEO ” means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

(f)

Change in Control ” means any one or more of the following events:

(i) any “person” (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, or any successor thereto (the “ Exchange Act ”), as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) or “group” (as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (except that a “person” shall be a “ Beneficial Owner ” of all shares that any such “person” has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 40% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Company (or any entity which controls the Company), including by way of merger, consolidation, tender or exchange offer or otherwise;

(ii) a reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a “ Corporate Transaction ”) involving the Company, unless securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company or the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (or the parent of such corporation) are held subsequent to such transaction by the “person” or “persons” who were the Beneficial Owners of the outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction;

(iii) during any rolling 12-month period looking back from any given date, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board (together with any new directors whose election by such Board or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of the Company, then still in office, who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (any such director, an “ Incumbent Director ”) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, then in office; provided , that, no individual shall be an Incumbent Director who is elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of

2

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of any “person” other than the Board; or

(iv) the sale, liquidation or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all, of the assets of the Company to any “person” or “group” other than the Permitted Holders.

In addition, if required to comply with Section 409A of the Code, the transaction or event described above must also constitute a “change in the ownership or effective control of the Company” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company,” as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5).

(g) Change in Control Protection Period ” means the 24-month period immediately following a Change in Control.

(h) Clawback Policy ” means the Company’s Clawback Policy (or any successor policy thereto adopted by the Company).

(i) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(j) Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board (or, in the absence of such a committee, the Board).

(k) Company Group ” means the Company (or following a Change in Control, the surviving company) and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates.

(l) Date of Termination ” means the earliest occurrence of any of the following:

(i) If the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or due to Disability, the date on which the Participant is notified of such termination in writing;

(ii) If the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (and other than due to Disability), the date of termination set forth in the notice pursuant to which the Company notifies the Participant of such termination; provided , that, unless otherwise mutually agreed with such Participant, such date of termination will be no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which the Company sends such notification to the Participant;

(iii) If the Participant resigns with or without Good Reason, thirty (30) days after the date on which the Company receives, from the Participant, written notice of such resignation; provided , that, (A) if the Participant resigns without Good Reason, the Company, in its discretion, may choose to waive all or any portion of such 30-day notice period and provide an earlier Date of Termination, and (B) if the Participant resigns for Good Reason, the event(s) giving rise to Good Reason have not been cured during such 30-day notice period; or

(iv) If the Participant’s employment is terminated by reason of death, the date of the Participant’s death.

(m) Disability ” means, with respect to any Participant, “permanent disability” as determined under the Company’s governing long-term disability plan or, if no such plan exists or applies, such term will mean a determination that a person is “totally disabled” by the Social Security Administration.

3

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

(n) ERISA ” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(o) Good Reason ” means, with respect to any Participant, the occurrence of any one or more of the following events without a Participant’s prior written consent:

(i) A reduction of the Participant’s Base Salary by greater than 10% as compared to the Base Salary amount immediately prior to such reduction, other than in connection with a general or across-the-board reduction of the base salaries of similarly situated employees;

(ii) A material diminution of the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities;

(iii) A change in Participant’s principal place of work to a location greater than 50 miles from the Participant’s principal place of work immediately prior to such a change; provided , that such change in location also materially increases the distance of Participant’s commute;

(iv) The failure of any successor to the Company to assume this Policy and abide by the material terms herein following a Change in Control; or

(v) For the CEO or any Group A Participant only, following a Change in Control, any adverse change in the Participant’s reporting relationship, such that, if the Participant is the CEO, such Participant no longer reports directly to the Board and, if the Participant is not the CEO, such Participant no longer reports to the CEO.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall not have Good Reason for termination unless the Company receives, from such Participant, written notice of termination for Good Reason within sixty (60) days after the event giving rise to Good Reason occurs, specifying in reasonable detail the event(s) alleged to constitute Good Reason, and the Company does not correct such event(s) within thirty (30) days after the date on which the Company receives such written notice of termination.

(p) Group A Participant ” means each Section 16 Officer other than the CEO.

(q) Group B Participant ” means any employee of the Company Group (i) designated by the Company as either a Band I Executive or a Band II Executive and (ii) who is primarily employed in the United States.

(r) Participant ” means each of the CEO, the Group A Participants and the Group B Participants.

(s) Permitted Holder ”  means any and all of an employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained by (A) the Company or (B) any corporation or other person of which a majority of its voting power of its voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

(t) Qualifying Termination ” means a termination of employment with the Company Group by either:

(i) the Company Group without Cause (other than due to death or Disability); or

(ii) the Participant for Good Reason.

4

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

(u) Section 16 Officer ” means an officer of the Company who is subject to the reporting rules under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(v) Severance Period ” means (i) with respect to the CEO, the 24-month period immediately following the Date of Termination, (ii) with respect to any Group A Participant, if the Date of Termination falls outside of the Change in Control Protection Period, the 12-month period immediately following such Date of Termination and, if the Date of Termination falls within the Change in Control Protection Period, the 24-month period immediately following such Date of Termination, and (iii) with respect to any Group B Participant, the 12-month period following such Date of Termination, in each case, if that termination is determined to be a Qualifying Termination.

ARTICLE III

Administration

3.1 Interpretation .  This Policy shall be interpreted, administered and operated by the Committee, which may delegate its duties and powers in whole or in part to any subcommittee thereof or such other persons from time to time as it may designate; provided that, the Committee may not delegate its authority to administer this Policy with respect to any Section 16 Officer except to a subcommittee of the Committee.  The Committee is authorized to interpret this Policy, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to this Policy, to resolve ambiguities under this Policy, and to make any other determinations that it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of this Policy.  The Committee shall have the full power and authority, in its sole discretion but subject to the provisions of this Policy, including, without limitation, to determine who shall be a Band I Executive or a Band II Executive (and therefore a Group B Participant hereunder) and to establish the terms and conditions of any payment or benefit payable under this Policy.  Any decision of the Committee in the interpretation and administration of this Policy, as described herein, shall lie within its sole and absolute discretion and shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties concerned (including, but not limited to, Participants and any of their beneficiaries or successors). Whenever this Policy refers to a number of days, such number shall refer to calendar days unless business days are specified.

3.2 Related Expenses .  All expenses and liabilities which members of the Committee or any subcommittee, or any delegatees thereof, incur in connection with the administration of this Policy shall be borne by the Company. The Committee or any subcommittee, or delegatees thereof, may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants, appraisers, brokers, or other persons in connection with such administration, and the Committee, any subcommittee (and delegatees thereof), the Company and the Company’s officers and directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons.  No member of the Committee or any subcommittee, or any delegatees thereof, shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to this Policy and all members of the Committee and any subcommittee, and the delegatees thereof, shall be fully protected by the Committee in respect of any such action, determination or interpretation.

ARTICLE IV

Eligibility and Exclusive Participation

4.1 Determination of Eligibility .  Each employee who is either (a) a Section 16 Officer, or (b) an employee who is not a Section 16 Officer but who has been designated as a Band I Executive or a Band II Executive by the Company, shall be a Participant who is eligible to receive payments and benefits under this Policy.

4.2 Exclusivity .  None of the Participants shall be eligible to receive any other severance payments or severance benefits under any other severance plan, policy or program of the Company, or pursuant to the

5

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

terms of any employment or other agreement with the Company, as may be in effect from time to time.  Any severance payments or severance benefits payable to a Participant under this Policy shall be in lieu of any severance payments or benefits to which such Participant may otherwise have been entitled to pursuant to any other severance plan, policy or program of the Company, or pursuant to the terms of any employment or other agreement with the Company.  For the avoidance of doubt, any Participant will also be eligible for any benefits provided upon termination pursuant to the Amended and Restated Nielsen Holdings 2010 Stock Incentive Plan or other applicable equity incentive plan maintained by the Company.

ARTICLE V

Termination Benefits and Payments

5.1 Payment of Accrued Benefits Following Any Termination .  If a Participant incurs a termination of employment for any reason at any time, the Participant or the Participant’s estate, as applicable, shall be entitled to receive the following payments and benefits:

5.1.1 Payment of any (a) unpaid Base Salary, as accrued through the Date of Termination, and (b) unpaid expense reimbursement owed to Participant as of the Date of Termination.  This payment will be in the form of a single lump-sum payment within 30 days following the Date of Termination (or earlier, to the extent required by applicable law).

5.1.2 Except for a termination by the Company for Cause, payment of any earned but unpaid annual bonus for any fiscal year preceding the fiscal year of the Date of Termination, payable in a single lump-sum on the date on which annual bonuses are paid to other similarly situated employees of the Company.

5.2 Severance Payments Upon a Qualifying Termination Outside of the Change in Control Protection Period .  If a Participant incurs a Qualifying Termination at any time outside of the Change in Control Protection Period, then such Participant shall be entitled to receive the following severance payments, subject to compliance with Article VI of this Policy:

5.2.1 With regard to the CEO, an amount equal to the product of (a) 2 multiplied by (b) the sum of the CEO’s Base Salary plus the CEO’s Average Bonus, which amount shall be paid during the length of the Severance Period beginning on the first payroll date following the date on which the Severance Agreement (as defined below) becomes irrevocable and in accordance with the Company’s usual payroll practices (except as is otherwise provided in Section 7.6 below).

5.2.2 With regard to a Group A Participant or a Group B Participant, an amount equal to the sum of the Participant’s Base Salary plus the Participant’s Average Bonus, which amount shall be paid during the length of the Severance Period beginning on the first payroll date following the date on which the Severance Agreement becomes irrevocable and in accordance with the Company’s usual payroll practices (except as is otherwise provided in Section 7.6 below).

5.3 Severance Payments Upon a Qualifying Termination During the Change in Control Protection Period .  If a Participant incurs a Qualifying Termination at any time during the Change in Control Protection Period, the Participant shall be entitled to receive the following severance payments (in lieu of the severance payments provided in Section 5.2 above), subject to compliance with Article VI of this Policy:

6

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

5.3.1 With regard to the CEO or a Group A Participant, an amount equal to the product of (a) 2 multiplied by (b) the sum of the Participant’s Base Salary plus the Participant’s Average Bonus, which amount shall be paid in a single lump sum on the first payroll date following the date on which the Severance Agreement becomes irrevocable (except as is otherwise provided in Section 7.6 below).

5.3.2 With regard to a Group B Participant, an amount equal to the sum of the Participant’s Base Salary plus the Participant’s Average Bonus, which amount shall be paid during the length of the Severance Period beginning on the first payroll date following the date on which the Severance Agreement becomes irrevocable and in accordance with the Company’s usual payroll practices (except as is otherwise provided in Section 7.6 below).

5.4 Payment of Additional Benefits Following a Qualifying Termination .  If a Participant incurs a Qualifying Termination at any time, the Participant shall be entitled to receive the following additional payments and benefits, subject to compliance with Article VI of this Policy:

5.4.1 Pro rata annual bonus for the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs, based on the Company’s actual performance, which pro rata bonus, if any, shall be paid to the Participant at such time as bonuses are paid to other similarly situated employees of the Company.  

5.4.2 In the event a Participant elects under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“ COBRA ”) to continue health care coverage under the Company’s group health benefits plans, such Participant will be required to pay the premiums for coverage of such Participant and such Participant’s eligible dependents, but a portion of such premiums will be reimbursed by the Company for a period of time equal to the Severance Period (beginning on the date such premiums begin) such that the Participant shall continue to pay the same amount of monthly premiums as in effect for an active employee with the same coverage ; provided , that if the Participant becomes eligible for coverage under the group health benefit plans of a subsequent employer, the reimbursement of such premiums shall cease to be effective as of the date the Participant becomes eligible for such health coverage .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if any plan pursuant to which the Company is providing such coverage is not, or ceases to be, exempt from the application of Code Section 409A under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5), or (b) the Company is otherwise unable to continue to cover the Participant under its group health plans or the continuation of such coverage would result in adverse tax consequences for the Participant or the imposition of fines or penalties on the Company, then, in either case, an amount equal to the difference between the full monthly COBRA premium payment and the current monthly premium the Participant would have paid as an active employee shall thereafter be paid to the Participant as currently taxable compensation in substantially equal monthly installments over the Severance Period, or the remaining portion thereof.

5.4.3 Outplacement assistance and support services for one year following the Date of Termination in accordance with the Company’s policy in effect on the Date of Termination.

5.5 Rules for Participation by Section 16 Officers Employed Primarily Outside the United States .  With respect to any Section 16 Officer who is employed primarily in a non-United States jurisdiction, the severance benefits provided in this Policy (a) will be reduced by any notice period (or payment in lieu of notice) and/or separation payments required by applicable law, and (b) will be increased if necessary to ensure that such Section 16 Officer receives all of the severance benefits he or she is entitled to receive under applicable law.

7

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

ARTICLE VI

Release of Claims and Restrictive Covenants

6.1 Release and Other Conditions to Severance . Any payments or benefits that may be provided to a Participant under Section 5.2, Section 5.3 and/or Section 5.4 of this Policy shall be conditioned upon the following events:

6.1.1 The Participant’s execution, delivery and non-revocation of an effective release of claims against the Company Group, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (as modified to the extent necessary to comply with the applicable law of the jurisdiction in which such Participant was primarily employed prior to the Date of Termination, the “ Severance Agreement ”), which Severance Agreement shall be delivered to the Participant within five (5) days following the Date of Termination and which must be executed (and not revoked) by the Participant within 60 days following the Date of Termination (the “ Release Period ”);

6.1.2 At the Company’s request, the Participant’s return of all property belonging to the Company Group (including, but not limited to, any Company Group-provided laptops, computers, cell phones, wireless electronic mail devices or other equipment, or documents and property belonging to the Company Group);

6.1.3 The Participant’s continued compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 6.2; and

6.1.4 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Committee determines, in its reasonable good faith and discretion, that a Participant has not satisfied any of the conditions precedent or subsequent in Section 6.2, (a) any entitlement of the Participant to receive any payments or benefits due under this Policy (other than pursuant to Section 5.1) shall be forfeited, and (b) the Participant shall be obligated to promptly repay the Company all amounts of payments and benefits the Participant previously received under this Policy (other than pursuant to Section 5.1); provided , that if a court subsequently determines that the Participant did satisfy such conditions, the Participant’s entitlement to receive such payments and benefits shall be reinstated in accordance with the terms thereof.

6.2 Compliance with Restrictive Covenants . As a condition precedent and subsequent to the initial and continued receipt of any payments or benefits provided to a Participant under Sections 5.2, 5.3 and/or 5.4 of this Policy, the Participant must comply with any restrictive covenants to which such Participant is subject pursuant to the Severance Agreement or any other agreement to which such Participant is a party with any member of the Company Group.

ARTICLE VII

Section 409A

7.1 Interpretation and Compliance .  To the extent applicable, this Policy shall be interpreted and applied in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and any regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Policy to the contrary, to the extent that the Committee determines that any payments or benefits under this Policy may not be compliant with or exempt from Section 409A of the Code and related guidance, the Committee may at its sole discretion adopt such amendments to this Policy or take such other actions that the Committee determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Policy from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of such compensation and benefits, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related guidance; provided , that this

8

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

Section 7.1 shall not create any obligation on the part of the Committee to adopt any such amendment or take any other action.

7.2 Delay of Payments .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Policy, no amounts shall be paid to any Participant under this Policy during the 6-month period following such Participant’s Date of Termination to the extent that the Committee reasonably determines that paying such amounts at the time or times indicated in this Policy would result in a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(b)(i) of the Code.  If the payment of any such amounts is delayed as a result of the previous sentence, then on the first business day following the end of such 6-month period (or such earlier date upon which such amount can be paid under Section 409A of the Code without resulting in a prohibited distribution, including as a result of the Participant’s death), the Participant shall receive payment of a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amount that would have otherwise been payable to the Participant during such 6-month period without interest thereon.

7.3 Separation from Service .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code, a termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Policy providing for the payment of amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a Separation from Service with the Company, as set forth in Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).  For purposes of any such provision of this Policy, references to a “resignation,” “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean Separation from Service.

7.4 Separate Payments .  For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each payment made under this Policy shall be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

7.5 Reimbursement Payments .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, except to the extent any expense, reimbursement or in-kind benefit provided pursuant to this Policy does not constitute a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, (a) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided to the Participant during any calendar year will not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided to the Participant in any other calendar year, (b) the reimbursements for expenses for which the Participant is entitled shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the applicable expense is incurred, and (c) the right to payment or reimbursement or in-kind benefits hereunder may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit.

7.6 Release Period Straddles Two Calendar Years .  Notwithstanding Sections 5.2 and 5.3 to the contrary, to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code, if the Release Period begins in one calendar year and ends in the next calendar year, the severance payment (or, in the case of payments pursuant to Section 5.2, the first installment of the severance payment) described therein shall be paid on the first regularly scheduled payroll date that occurs in the second (2nd) calendar year (and, in the case of payments pursuant to Section 5.2, such installment shall include all payments that would otherwise have been paid prior to such date).  In other words, a Participant is not permitted to influence the calendar year of payment based on the timing of his signing of the Severance Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

Section 280G

8.1 Best-After-Tax Cutback .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Policy to the contrary, if any payment or benefit received or to be received by a Participant, whether pursuant to the terms of this Policy or any other plan, arrangement or agreement (all such payments and benefits being hereinafter referred to as the “ Total Payments ”), would be subject (in whole or part), to the excise tax imposed under

9

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then, after taking into account any reduction in the Total Payments provided by reason of Section 280G of the Code in such other plan, arrangement or agreement, the Total Payments shall be reduced, as set forth herein, to the extent necessary such that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to the Excise Tax, but only if the net amount of such Total Payments, as so reduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such reduced Total Payments), is greater than the net amount of such Total Payments without such reduction (but after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such Total Payments and the amount of Excise Tax to which the Participant would be subject in respect of such unreduced Total Payments).  The Total Payments shall be reduced by the Company or the Committee in its reasonable discretion.  No such reduction shall apply to any such payment or benefit that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) to the extent that such reduction would result in any prohibited acceleration or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code.

8.2 Total Payments .  For purposes of determining whether and the extent to which the Total Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax, (a) no portion of the Total Payments the receipt or enjoyment of which the Participant has waived at such time and in such manner as not to constitute a “payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b) of the Code shall be taken into account, (b) no portion of the Total Payments shall be taken into account which, in the opinion of an independent nationally recognized accounting firm or consulting firm (“ Independent Advisors ”) selected by the Company, does not constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code (including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code) and, in calculating the Excise Tax, no portion of such Total Payments shall be taken into account which, in the opinion of Independent Advisors, constitutes reasonable compensation for services actually rendered, within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code, in excess of the Base Amount (as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) allocable to such reasonable compensation, and (c) the value of any non-cash benefit or any deferred payment or benefit included in the Total Payments shall be determined by the Independent Advisors in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and 280G(d)(4) of the Code.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

9.1 No Waiver .  No waiver by the Company or any Participant, as the case may be, at any time of any breach by the other party of, or of any lack of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Policy to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. All other plans, policies, agreements and arrangements of the Company in which a Participant participates during the term of this Policy shall be interpreted so as to avoid the duplication of benefits paid hereunder.

9.2 No Right to Employment .  Nothing contained in this Policy or any documents relating to this Policy shall (a) confer upon any Participant any right to continue as a Participant or in the employ or service of any member of the Company Group, (b) constitute any contract or agreement of employment, or (c) interfere in any way with any “at-will” nature (if applicable) of the Participant’s employment with the Company Group.

9.3 Unfunded Obligations . The amounts to be paid to any Participant under the Policy are unfunded obligations of the Company. The Company is not required to segregate any monies or other assets from its general funds with respect to these obligations. Participants shall not have any preference or security interest in any assets of the Company other than as a general unsecured creditor.

9.4 Assignment .  Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, no right or interest of any Participant under this Policy shall be assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, either directly or by

10

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

operation of law or otherwise, including, without limitation, by execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge or in any manner; no attempted assignment or transfer thereof shall be effective; and no right or interest of any Participant under this Policy shall be liable for, or subject to, any obligation or liability of such Participant. When a payment is due under this Policy to a Participant who is unable to care for his or her affairs, payment may be made directly to the Participant’s legal guardian or personal representative.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant dies while any amount would still be payable to the Participant hereunder (other than amounts which, by their terms, terminate upon the death of the Participant) if the Participant had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Policy to the executors, personal representatives or administrators of the Participant’s estate.

9.5 Tax Withholding .  All amounts payable under the terms of this Policy shall be subject to withholdings for applicable federal, state, local or non-U.S. taxes and other required payroll deductions.

9.6 Governing Law .  It is intended that this Policy be an “employee welfare benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA, and this Policy shall be administered in a manner consistent with such intent. This Policy and all rights hereunder shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with ERISA and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of New York.

9.7 Validity; Severability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Policy shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Policy, which shall remain in full force and effect.

9.8 Recovery of Overpayments . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall have the power, discretion, and authority to take any and all actions it deems necessary or advisable to recover any overpayments made under this Policy, including deducting the amount of any such overpayments made to any Participant from any future payments or benefits to be made or provided to such Participant.

9.9 Clawback/Forfeiture .  Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the payment of any amount or provision of any benefit pursuant to Section 5.2, Section 5.3 and/or Section 5.4 above shall be conditioned upon and subject to the Clawback Policy.

9.10 Claims Procedure .  With respect to any claim for benefits which are provided for under this Policy, the claim shall be approved or denied by the Committee or a panel designated by the Committee within 90 days following the receipt of the information necessary to process the claim.  If the Committee denies a claim for benefits in whole or in part, it will give written notice of the decision to the claimant or the claimant’s authorized representative, setting forth the specific reasons for such denial, make specific reference to the pertinent Policy provisions on which the decision was based, and provide any other additional information as may be required by Section 503 of ERISA and the regulations thereunder.

9.11 Termination and Amendment .  This Policy, including any exhibits attached hereto, may be amended or terminated, and any provision thereof may be modified or waived, for one or more Participants at any time by the Committee in its sole discretion, in any case, so long as such amendment, termination or modification does not affect any benefits to which a Participant is entitled pursuant to a termination of employment or resignation occurring prior to the date such amendment, termination or modification becomes effective.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Policy may not be amended in any manner that is adverse to a Participant without such Participant’s prior written consent at any time during the two (2) year period immediately following a Change in Control.

9.12 Successors .  Any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company shall assume this Policy

11

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

and all obligations of the Company hereunder in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be so obligated if no such succession had taken place.

9.13 Notice of Termination . Any purported termination of a Participant’s employment by the Company with or without Cause or resignation by the Participant for Good Reason shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination to the other party given in accordance with this Sections 9.13 and 9.14. The failure by the Participant or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Participant or the Company, respectively, under this Policy or preclude the Participant or the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Participant’s or the Company’s rights under this Policy.

9.14 Notices and other Communication .  For the purpose of this Policy, notices and all other communications provided for in this Policy shall be given in writing and delivered by hand or sent by certified mail, and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by the Company to the Participant, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail and, if to the Company, to the address set forth below:

To the Company:

Nielsen Holdings plc

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

40 Danbury Rd.

Wilton, Connecticut 06897


12

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

As adopted by the Compensation Committee

of the Board of Directors of Nielsen Holdings plc

on July 20, 2017.

 

 

 

 

NIELSEN HOLDINGS PLC

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

13

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

 

Exhibit A

FORM OF SEVERANCE AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

THIS SEVERANCE AGREEMENT AND RELEASE (the “ Agreement ”) is made by and between ________________________ residing at ____________________ (the “ Participant ”) and Nielsen Holdings plc, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, having its registered office in the United Kingdom (the “ Company ” and together with its subsidiaries and affiliates, the “ Company Group ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Participant has been employed by the Company Group since the date specified in the Appendix; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to enter into an agreement in order to provide certain severance benefits to the Participant pursuant to the terms of the Nielsen Holdings plc Severance Policy for Section 16 Officers and United States-Based Senior Executives (the “ Policy ”);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter provided and of the actions taken pursuant thereto, the parties agree as follows:

1. The Participant’s employment with the Company Group, and the Participant’s membership on any committees, is terminated as of the “ Date of Termination ” specified in the Appendix.

2. Effective on such date, the Participant will incur a “ Qualifying Termination ” under the Policy, a summary plan description of which the Participant hereby acknowledges receipt, and will, accordingly, be entitled to the benefits set forth therein subject to the terms and conditions of such Policy and this Agreement.  A summary of the benefits to which the Participant is entitled under the Policy is set forth in the Appendix.

3. Through the “ Severance Period ” specified in the Appendix, the Participant will be reasonably available to consult on matters and will cooperate fully with respect to any claims, litigations or investigations, relating to the Company Group.  No reimbursement for expenses incurred after the commencement of a period of inactive employee status, or if there is no such period, after termination of employment, shall be made to the Participant unless authorized in advance by the Company.

4. All records, files, drawings, documents, models, disks, equipment and the like relating to the businesses of the Company Group shall remain the sole property of the Company Group and shall not be removed from the premises of the Company Group.  The Participant further agrees to return to the Company Group any property of the Company Group that the Participant may have, no matter where located, and not to keep any copies or portions thereof.

5. The Participant shall not make any derogatory statements about the Company Group and shall not make any written or oral statement, news release or other announcement relating to the Participant's employment by the Company Group or relating to the Company Group, its subsidiaries, customers or personnel, which is designed to embarrass or criticize any of the foregoing.  Nothing in this

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

 

Agreement shall be construed to limit, impede or impair the right of the Participant to engage in Protected Activity (as defined below).

6. In consideration of the Company entering into this Agreement with the Participant and subject to the consequences set forth in Paragraph 9 below, the Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) at any time during or after the Participant’s employment with the Company Group, disclose any Confidential Information (as defined below) except (A) when required to perform his or her duties to the Company Group, (B) as required by law or judicial process, or (C) in connection with any Protected Activity by the Participant; or (ii) at any time during the Participant’s employment with the Company Group and for the duration of the Severance Period (A) associate with (whether as a proprietor, investor, director, officer, employee, consultant, partner or otherwise) or render services to any business that competes with the business of the Company Group, in any geographic or market area where the Company Group conducts business or provides products or services (or which the Participant has knowledge, at the time in question, that the Company Group has plans to commence engaging in within twelve (12) months); provided , however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to prohibit the Participant’s ownership of not more than 2% of the publicly-traded securities of any competing business, (B) induce, influence, encourage or solicit in any manner any client, prospective client with which the Participant had interactions in connection with his/her employment in the 18 months prior to termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company Group, vendor or supplier of the Company Group, to cease or reduce doing business with the Company Group or to do business with any business in competition with the business of the Company Group, or (C) solicit, recruit, or seek to hire, or otherwise assist or participate in any way in the solicitation or recruitment of, any person who has been employed or engaged by the Company Group at any time during the 6 months immediately preceding the termination of the Participant’s employment, or induce, influence, or encourage in any manner, or otherwise assist or participate in any way in the inducement, influence or encouragement of, any such person to terminate his or her employment or engagement with the Company Group or (D) hire or otherwise assist or participate in any way in the hiring of, any person who has been employed or engaged by the Company Group at any time during the 6 months immediately preceding the termination of the Participant’s employment.  The provisions hereof shall be in addition to and not in derogation of any other agreement covering similar matters to which the Participant and the Company Group or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof are parties.  For purposes of this agreement, the “ business of the Company Group ” means consumer purchasing measurement and analytics, media audience measurement and analytics, and any other line of business in which the Company Group is engaged at the time of the termination of the Participant’s employment (or which the Participant has knowledge, at the time in question, that the Company Group has plans to commence engaging in within twelve (12) months). If the Participant is primarily providing services in California at the time the Participant’s employment with the Company Group terminates, then sub-clauses (A), (B) and (D) of clause (ii) of this Paragraph 6 shall not apply following such termination.

7. If the Participant performs services for an entity other than the Company Group at any time prior to the end of the Severance Period (whether or not such entity is in competition with the Company Group), the Participant shall notify the Company on or prior to the commencement thereof.  To “perform services” shall mean employment or services as an employee, consultant, owner, partner, associate, agent or otherwise on behalf of any person, principal, partnership, firm or corporation.

8. Confidential Information ” shall include all trade secrets and proprietary or other confidential information owned, possessed or used by the Company in any form, whether or not explicitly designated as confidential information, including, without limitation, business plans, strategies, customer lists, customer projects, cooperator lists, personnel information, financial information, pricing information, cost information, methodologies, software, data, and product research and development.  Confidential Information shall not include any information that is generally known to the industry or the

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

 

public other than as a result of the Participant’s breach of this covenant or any breach of other confidentiality obligations by the Participant, employees or third parties.

9. If at any time a court holds that the restrictions stated in Paragraph 6 above are unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or geographic area determined to be reasonable under such circumstances by such court will be substituted for the stated period, scope or area or, if the court does not undertake such substitution, then the remainder of Paragraph 6 shall be given full effect without regard to the invalid portion.  Because the Participant’s services are unique and because the Participant has had access to Confidential Information, the parties hereto agree that money damages will be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this Agreement.  In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the Company or its successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, (i) apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof (without the posting of a bond or other security) or (ii) the Company may cease all payments or other benefits required to be made to the Participant under this Agreement and/or the Policy.  Notwithstanding any remedy sought by the Company under this Paragraph, the release provisions of Paragraphs 12, 13 and 14 shall remain in full force and effect.

10. The Participant acknowledges that the restrictions in Paragraph 6 above are not greater than required to protect the Company Group’s legitimate business interests, including without limitation the protection of its Confidential Information and the protection of its client relationships, and are reasonably limited in time or duration, geography and scope of activity.  The Participant further acknowledges that, viewed separately or together, the restrictions in Paragraph 6 above do not unfairly or unreasonably restrict the Participant’s ability to obtain other comparable employment, earn a living, work in any particular area or otherwise impose an undue hardship on Participant.

11. Protected Activity .  Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit or impede the Participant from communicating, cooperating or filing a complaint with any U.S. federal, state or local governmental or law enforcement branch, agency or entity (collectively, a “ Governmental Entity ”) with respect to possible violations of any U.S. federal, state or local law or regulation, or otherwise making disclosures to any Governmental Entity, in each case, that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of any such law or regulation; provided, that in each case such communications and disclosures are consistent with applicable law.  An individual shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made (i) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official or to an attorney solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (ii) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.  An individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the attorney of the individual and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual files any document containing the trade secret under seal, and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.  Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph or under applicable law, under no circumstance is the Participant authorized to disclose any information covered by the Company Group’s attorney-client privilege or attorney work product, or the Company Group’s trade secrets, without the Company’s prior written consent.  The Participant does not need the prior authorization of (or to give notice to) the Company regarding any communication, disclosure, or activity described in this Paragraph.

12. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Participant, for the Participant, the Participant's family, heirs, representatives, successors and assigns releases and forever discharges the Company Group and its successors, assigns, subsidiaries, affiliates, directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents and trustees or administrators of any Company Group plan from any and all claims, demands, debts, damages,

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

 

injuries, actions or rights of action of any nature whatsoever, whether known or unknown, whether brought by or on behalf of the Participant, which the Participant had, now has or may have against the Company Group, its successors, assigns, subsidiaries, affiliates, directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents and trustees or administrators of any Company Group plan, from the beginning of the Participant's employment to and including the date of this Agreement relating to or arising out of the Participant's employment with the Company Group or the termination of such employment, including, but not limited to, any claim under the Civil Rights Acts (including Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964), the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (all as amended) and/or any other local, state or federal law, order or regulation dealing with employment or the termination thereof, other than (i) a claim with respect to a vested right the Participant may have to receive benefits under any plan maintained by the Company Group, (ii) any claim that cannot be waived as a matter of law or public policy of the state whose law governs the claim, (iii) any rights to indemnification (including the advancement of legal fees) or expense reimbursement under any agreement between the Participant and any member of the Company Group or any organizational document of any member of the Company Group, or pursuant to any director’s and officer’s liability insurance policy, or (iv) any right of the Participant in his or her capacity as an equityholder of the Company’s securities.

13. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Participant covenants that neither the Participant, nor any of the Participant's respective heirs, representatives, successors or assigns, will commence, prosecute or cause to be commenced or prosecuted against the Company or any of its successors, assigns, subsidiaries, affiliates, directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents and trustees or administrators of any Company Group plan any action or other proceeding (other than those charges, claims or complaints with those administrative agencies which as a matter of law the Participant may not be prohibited from filing) based upon any claims, demands, causes of action, obligations, damages or liabilities which are being released by this Agreement, although the Company’s acknowledgement of this exception does not limit the scope of the waiver and release stated in Paragraph 12 above.  The Participant further agrees not to seek to challenge the validity of this Agreement, except that this covenant not to sue set forth in this Paragraph 13 does not affect the Participant's future right to enforce appropriately the terms of this Agreement in a court of competent jurisdiction or to challenge the validity of this Agreement under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended.

[[TO BE INCLUDED IF PARTICIPANT IS A RESIDENT OF CALIFORNIA]The Participant has read Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, which states in full: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.” The Participant expressly waives any rights that the Participant may have under Section 1542 of the California Civil Code to the full extent that the Participant may lawfully waive such rights pertaining to a general release of claims, and the Participant affirms that the Participant is releasing all known or unknown claims that the Participant has or may have against the Company or any of its successors, assigns, subsidiaries, affiliates, directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents and trustees or administrators of any Company Group plan.]

14. The Participant acknowledges that:

i. The Participant is hereby advised to consult with an attorney at the Participant's own expense before executing this Agreement and that the Participant has been advised by an attorney or has knowingly waived the Participant's right to do so,

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

 

ii. The Participant has had a period of at least [twenty-one (21)/ forty-five (45)] 1 days within which to consider this Agreement [and the information set forth in Attachment A hereto, which provides the disclosures required by the Older Workers Benefits Protection Act],

iii. The Participant has a period of seven (7) days from the date that the Participant signs this Agreement within which to revoke it by written notice to the Company’s Human Resources Department, and that this Agreement will not become effective or enforceable until the expiration of this seven (7) day revocation period,

iv. The Participant fully understands the terms and contents of this Agreement and freely, voluntarily, knowingly and without coercion enters into this Agreement,

v. The Participant is receiving greater consideration hereunder than the Participant would receive had the Participant not signed this Agreement and that the consideration hereunder is given in exchange for all of the provisions hereof, and

vi. the waiver or release by the Participant of rights or claims in Paragraph 12 above is knowing and voluntary.  The Participant understands and agrees that the Company's payment or offer of money and other benefits to the Participant and the Participant's signing of this Agreement does not in any way indicate that the Participant has any viable claims against the Company Group or that the Company Group admits any liability whatsoever.

15 . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties as to the Participant’s termination and severance benefits, and all prior negotiations or representations are merged herein.  It shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and legal representatives but neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder shall be assignable by the Participant without the Company’s written consent.  In addition, this Agreement supersedes any prior employment or compensation agreement, whether written, oral or implied in law or implied in fact between the Participant and the Company, which prior agreements are hereby terminated other than any restrictive covenant agreements or other agreements by which the Participant has agreed to comply with any restrictive covenants.  

16. If for any reason any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be held or deemed to be inoperative, unenforceable or invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, such circumstances shall not have the effect of rendering such provision invalid in any other case or rendering any other provisions of this Agreement inoperative, unenforceable or invalid, except as otherwise required to carry out the intent of the parties hereunder, and only as required to bring this Agreement into compliance with the law.

17. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York except to the extent superseded by applicable federal law.

 

 

1  

In the event of a group termination, each applicable severance agreement should provide for 45 days to consider the agreement and the additional information set forth in Attachment A.

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant and the Company, by its duly authorized agent, have hereunder executed this Agreement.  

 

Dated:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[INSERT THE PARTICIPANT’S NAME]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NIELSEN HOLDINGS PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

 

Appendix

 

 

 

Summary of Severance Benefit Entitlements Under The Nielsen Holdings plc Severance Policy for Section 16 Officers and United States-Based Senior Executives

 

Participant’s Group:

 

[ CEO/ Group A Participant/Group B Participant ]

 

 

 

Date of Termination:

 

 

 

 

 

Severance Period:

 

 

 

 

 

Severance Payment:

 

$_________ [payable for [12 months / 24 months] in accordance with the Company’s usual payroll practices / payable in a lump sum]

 

 

 

Group Health Benefit Continuation:

 

[INCLUDE MEDICAL AND DENTAL PLAN NAMES ONLY IF COVERED AT TERMINATION]

 

 

 

Pro Rata Annual Bonus Payment:

 

[x/12] of the annual bonus otherwise payable to you at the time of normal payment.

 

 

 

Outplacement:

 

For 1 year as provided by the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The description of benefits contained in this Appendix is only a summary

and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Policy.  Refer to your summary plan description for more detail.

 


096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19


 

 

ATTACHMENT A

As required by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Company is providing you with the following information.  

1. All [____________] employees of the Company (the “ Decisional Unit ”) were considered for this separation program.

2. Employees eligible to participate in the program are those employees in the Decisional Unit whose employment with the Company is being terminated by the Company [add any additional eligibility criteria].

3. Employees selected for the program have forty-five (45) days from the date of their receipt of this proposed Agreement to participate by signing and returning the Agreement.  Employees who choose to sign the Agreement shall have seven days after signing and returning it to the Company to revoke it by delivering a signed revocation notice to the Company as provided in the Agreement.

4. The job titles and ages of all individuals selected for the program and all individuals in the same job titles not selected for the program are as follows:

 

Position

Organization

Age of those selected for termination

Age of those not selected for termination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

096412-0004-16811-Active.22400881.19

 

Exhibit 31.1

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer

I, Mitch Barns, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings plc;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a.

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b.

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c.

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a.

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: October 25, 2017

 

By:

 

/s/ Mitch Barns

 

 

Mitch Barns

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Exhibit 31.2

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer

I, Jamere Jackson, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings plc;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a.

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b.

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c.

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a.

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: October 25, 2017

 

By:

 

/s/ Jamere Jackson

 

 

Jamere Jackson

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Exhibit 32.1

Certification

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned does hereby certify that:

The Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2017 (the “Form 10-Q”) of Nielsen Holdings plc fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and information contained in the Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

/s/ Mitch Barns

Date: October 25, 2017

 

Mitch Barns

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jamere Jackson

 

Date: October 25, 2017

 

Jamere Jackson

 

 

Chief Financial Officer